Modicon X80

Discrete Input/Output Modules

User Manual
Original instructions

11/2023

35012474.20

www.se.com
Legal Information
The information provided in this document contains general descriptions, technical
characteristics and/or recommendations related to products/solutions.
This document is not intended as a substitute for a detailed study or operational and
site-specific development or schematic plan. It is not to be used for determining
suitability or reliability of the products/solutions for specific user applications. It is the
duty of any such user to perform or have any professional expert of its choice
(integrator, specifier or the like) perform the appropriate and comprehensive risk
analysis, evaluation and testing of the products/solutions with respect to the relevant
specific application or use thereof.
The Schneider Electric brand and any trademarks of Schneider Electric SE and its
subsidiaries referred to in this document are the property of Schneider Electric SE or
its subsidiaries. All other brands may be trademarks of their respective owner.
This document and its content are protected under applicable copyright laws and
provided for informative use only. No part of this document may be reproduced or
transmitted in any form or by any means (electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording, or otherwise), for any purpose, without the prior written permission of
Schneider Electric.
Schneider Electric does not grant any right or license for commercial use of the
document or its content, except for a non-exclusive and personal license to consult it
on an "as is" basis.
Schneider Electric reserves the right to make changes or updates with respect to or in
the content of this document or the format thereof, at any time without notice.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, no responsibility or liability is
assumed by Schneider Electric and its subsidiaries for any errors or omissions
in the informational content of this document, as well as any non-intended use
or misuse of the content thereof.

As part of a group of responsible, inclusive companies, we are updating our

communications that contain non-inclusive terminology. Until we complete this
process, however, our content may still contain standardized industry terms that may
be deemed inappropriate by our customers.
 Discrete Input/Output Modules

Table of Contents
Safety Information ......................................................................................9
Before You Begin ..................................................................................9
Start-up and Test ................................................................................10
Operation and Adjustments ................................................................. 11
About the Book.........................................................................................12
Hardware Installation of the Discrete I/O Modules .............................13
General Introduction .................................................................................14
General Description of the Modules......................................................15
20-pin Terminal Block Connection ........................................................16
40-pin Terminal Block Connection ........................................................17
Discrete Input/Output Modules with 40-Pin Connection..........................18
Discrete Input Modules Catalog ...........................................................19
Discrete Output Modules Catalog.........................................................22
Discrete Mixed Input/Output Modules Catalog.......................................25
Dimensions of X80 Discrete I/O Modules ..............................................26
Temperature Derating .........................................................................29
Standards and Certifications ................................................................31
General Rules for Installing the Modules ....................................................32
Fitting of the Modules ..........................................................................33
20-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 20•0.................................................35
40-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 40•0.................................................38
BMXFTW••1 Cable .............................................................................42
BMXFTW••5 Cable .............................................................................45
Fitting a 20-pin Terminal Block to a Module ...........................................48
Fitting a 40-Pin Terminal Block to a Module ...........................................52
Fitting a 40-pin FCN Type Connector to a Module..................................56
Presentation for Choosing Power Supplies for Sensors and Pre-
Actuators............................................................................................57
Wiring Precautions..............................................................................60
How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin
Connector Modules.............................................................................64
How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin
Connector Modules to TELEFAST Interfaces ........................................68
Sensor/Input Compatibility and Pre-actuator/Output
Compatibility.......................................................................................73
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing ..................................76
General Protective Measures...............................................................76
Module and Channel Status Display .....................................................78
Diagnostics ........................................................................................81
Checking the Connection.....................................................................84
BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules ...................................................................86
Introduction ........................................................................................86
Characteristics....................................................................................86
Connecting the Module .......................................................................88
BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules ...................................................................91
Introduction ........................................................................................91
Characteristics....................................................................................91
Connecting the Module .......................................................................93

35012474.20 3
Discrete Input/Output Modules

BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules .................................................................96

Introduction ........................................................................................96
Characteristics....................................................................................96
Connecting the Module .......................................................................98
BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules.................................................................. 102
Introduction ...................................................................................... 102
Characteristics.................................................................................. 102
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 104
BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules.................................................................. 107
Introduction ...................................................................................... 107
Characteristics.................................................................................. 107
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 109
BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules ................................................................. 114
Introduction ...................................................................................... 114
Characteristics.................................................................................. 115
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 116
BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules ................................................................. 119
Introduction ...................................................................................... 119
Characteristics.................................................................................. 119
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 121
BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules ................................................................. 123
Introduction ...................................................................................... 123
Characteristics.................................................................................. 123
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 125
BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules ....................................... 127
Introduction ...................................................................................... 127
Characteristics.................................................................................. 128
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 130
BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules ................................................................. 134
Introduction ...................................................................................... 134
Characteristics.................................................................................. 135
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 136
BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules ................................................................. 140
Introduction ...................................................................................... 140
Characteristics.................................................................................. 140
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 142
BMX DAI 0814 Input Module ................................................................... 144
Introduction ...................................................................................... 144
Characteristics.................................................................................. 144
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 146
BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules .............................................................. 148
Introduction ...................................................................................... 148
Characteristics.................................................................................. 149
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 150
BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules .............................................................. 154
Introduction ...................................................................................... 154
Characteristics.................................................................................. 155
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 156
BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules ................................................... 160
Introduction ...................................................................................... 160
Characteristics.................................................................................. 160

4 35012474.20
 Discrete Input/Output Modules

Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 162

BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules ................................................... 164
Introduction ...................................................................................... 164
Characteristics.................................................................................. 165
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 166
BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules ................................................. 168
Introduction ...................................................................................... 168
Characteristics.................................................................................. 168
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 170
BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules ................................................... 172
Introduction ...................................................................................... 172
Characteristics.................................................................................. 173
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 174
BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules .................................................... 177
Introduction ...................................................................................... 177
Characteristics.................................................................................. 178
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 180
BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules .................................................... 182
Introduction ...................................................................................... 182
Characteristics.................................................................................. 183
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 184
BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules ................................................... 187
Introduction ...................................................................................... 187
Characteristics.................................................................................. 187
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 190
BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules .................................................... 192
Introduction ...................................................................................... 192
Characteristics.................................................................................. 192
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 195
BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules ................................................. 198
Introduction ...................................................................................... 198
Characteristics.................................................................................. 199
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 200
BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules ................................................ 202
Introduction ...................................................................................... 202
Characteristics.................................................................................. 203
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 204
BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules ..................................................... 207
Introduction ...................................................................................... 207
Characteristics.................................................................................. 207
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 209
BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules ......................................... 211
Introduction ...................................................................................... 211
Characteristics.................................................................................. 211
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 213
BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module ................................. 217
Introduction ...................................................................................... 217
Characteristics.................................................................................. 218
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 220
BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module ................................. 224
Introduction ...................................................................................... 224

35012474.20 5
Discrete Input/Output Modules

Characteristics.................................................................................. 225
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 227
BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module ................................ 231
Introduction ...................................................................................... 231
Characteristics.................................................................................. 231
Connecting the Module ..................................................................... 234
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules................................................................................................. 238
Introduction to the TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for Discrete I/
O ..................................................................................................... 239
General Overview of TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for
Discrete I/O Modules ................................................................... 239
TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases Catalog ...................................... 239
Combination of Discrete I/O Modules and TELEFAST 2
Connection Bases ....................................................................... 244
Connection Principles for the TELEFAST 2 Interfaces for Discrete I/
O ..................................................................................................... 246
Connecting a Discrete Input/Output Module to a TELEFAST 2
Base Interface ............................................................................ 246
Dimensions and Mounting of the TELEFAST 2 Connection
Bases......................................................................................... 247
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R10/08R11 and ABE-7H16R10/16R11
Connection Bases............................................................................. 250
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H08R10/R11
and ABE-7H16R10/R11 Bases..................................................... 250
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R10/12R11 Connection Bases ....................... 252
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R10/R11
Bases......................................................................................... 252
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-7H16R20/16R21/16R23
Connection Bases............................................................................. 254
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H08R21 and
ABE-7H16R20/R21/R23 Bases for Type 2 Inputs .......................... 254
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R20/12R21 Connection Bases ....................... 256
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R20/
12R21 Bases .............................................................................. 256
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08S21/16S21 Connection Bases ....................... 258
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on ABE-7H08S21/16S21
Bases with One Isolator per Channel ............................................ 258
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12S21 Connection Base.................................... 260
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12S21
Base with 1 Isolator per Channel .................................................. 260
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R30/16R31 Connection Bases ....................... 262
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H16R30/R31
Bases......................................................................................... 262
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R50 Connection Base ................................... 264
Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R50
Bases......................................................................................... 264
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R50 Connection Base ................................... 266
Sensor and Actuator Connections on the ABE-7H16R50
Base .......................................................................................... 266
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16F43 Connection Base.................................... 268

6 35012474.20
 Discrete Input/Output Modules

Actuator Connections on ABE-7H16F43 Output Base with One

Fuse and One isolator per Channel .............................................. 268
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16S43 Connection Base.................................... 269
Sensor Connections on ABE-7H16S43 Output Base with One
Fuse and One Isolator per Channel .............................................. 269
TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories ....................................... 270
TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories Catalog ..................... 270
Association Table for the Relays on ABE-7R16Txxx, ABE-
7P16Txxx and ABE-7P16Fxxx Bases ........................................... 272
Characteristics of the Removable ABR-7xxx Electromechanical
Output Relays ............................................................................. 273
Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Exx Static input
Relays........................................................................................ 273
Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Sxx Static Output
Relays........................................................................................ 274
Discrete Input/Output Modules Software Implementation ............... 276
General Introduction to the Application-Specific Discrete Function ............. 277
Overview.......................................................................................... 277
Configuration ......................................................................................... 279
Configuration of Discrete Modules: General Points .............................. 279
Discrete Module Configuration Screen in Modicon Mx80 local
rack............................................................................................ 279
Discrete Module Configuration Screen in X80 Drop........................ 281
Discrete Input and Output Channel Parameters................................... 282
Discrete Input Parameters on the Rack ......................................... 282
Discrete Output Parameters for 8-Channel Modules in
Rack .......................................................................................... 283
Configuration of Discrete Module Parameters ..................................... 284
How to Modify the Task Parameter ............................................... 285
How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring
Parameter .................................................................................. 285
How to Modify the Fallback Mode Parameter................................. 286
How to Modify the Output Reset Parameter................................... 286
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects ........................... 288
Language Objects and IODDT ........................................................... 288
Description of the Discrete Function Objects Languages ................ 288
Discrete Module IODDTs and Device DDTs......................................... 290
IODDT Links ............................................................................... 290
Details About T_DIS_IN_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object
Exchange ................................................................................... 291
Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object
Exchange ................................................................................... 292
Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object
Exchange ................................................................................... 293
Details About T_DIS_OUT_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object
Exchange ................................................................................... 295
Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object
Exchange ................................................................................... 296
Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object
Exchange ................................................................................... 297

35012474.20 7
Discrete Input/Output Modules

Details of the Language Objects of the IODDT of Type T_GEN_

MOD .......................................................................................... 299
Modicon X80 Discrete I/O Module Configuration Constants ............ 300
Discrete Device DDT Names........................................................ 302
MOD_FLT Byte Description.......................................................... 306
Debugging ............................................................................................. 307
Introduction to the Debugging Function of a Discrete Module ............... 307
Debugging Screen ............................................................................ 307
How to Access the Forcing/Unforcing Function.................................... 309
How to Access the SET and RESET Commands ................................. 310
How to Access the Reactivation of Outputs Command......................... 310
Applied Outputs of a Discrete Module ................................................. 310
Diagnostics of the Modules ..................................................................... 312
How to Access the Diagnostics Function............................................. 312
How to Access the Channel Diagnostics Function of a Discrete
Module............................................................................................. 313
Appendices .............................................................................................. 315
Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules.................................... 316
Topological/State RAM Addressing of Modicon X80 Discrete
Modules ........................................................................................... 316
Glossary ................................................................................................... 321
Index ......................................................................................................... 322

8 35012474.20
Safety Information Discrete Input/Output Modules

Safety Information
Important Information
Read these instructions carefully, and look at the equipment to become familiar
with the device before trying to install, operate, service, or maintain it. The
following special messages may appear throughout this documentation or on the
equipment to warn of potential hazards or to call attention to information that
clarifies or simplifies a procedure.

The addition of this symbol to a “Danger” or “Warning” safety label indicates that an
electrical hazard exists which will result in personal injury if the instructions are not
followed.

This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury
hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or
death.

! DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious
injury.

! WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.

! CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury.

NOTICE
NOTICE is used to address practices not related to physical injury.

Please Note
Electrical equipment should be installed, operated, serviced, and maintained only
by qualified personnel. No responsibility is assumed by Schneider Electric for any
consequences arising out of the use of this material.
A qualified person is one who has skills and knowledge related to the construction
and operation of electrical equipment and its installation, and has received safety
training to recognize and avoid the hazards involved.

Before You Begin

Do not use this product on machinery lacking effective point-of-operation
guarding. Lack of effective point-of-operation guarding on a machine can result in
serious injury to the operator of that machine.

35012474.20 9
Discrete Input/Output Modules Safety Information

WARNING
UNGUARDED EQUIPMENT
• Do not use this software and related automation equipment on equipment
which does not have point-of-operation protection.
• Do not reach into machinery during operation.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

This automation equipment and related software is used to control a variety of

industrial processes. The type or model of automation equipment suitable for each
application will vary depending on factors such as the control function required,
degree of protection required, production methods, unusual conditions,
government regulations, etc. In some applications, more than one processor may
be required, as when backup redundancy is needed.
Only you, the user, machine builder or system integrator can be aware of all the
conditions and factors present during setup, operation, and maintenance of the
machine and, therefore, can determine the automation equipment and the related
safeties and interlocks which can be properly used. When selecting automation
and control equipment and related software for a particular application, you should
refer to the applicable local and national standards and regulations. The National
Safety Council's Accident Prevention Manual (nationally recognized in the United
States of America) also provides much useful information.
In some applications, such as packaging machinery, additional operator protection
such as point-of-operation guarding must be provided. This is necessary if the
operator's hands and other parts of the body are free to enter the pinch points or
other hazardous areas and serious injury can occur. Software products alone
cannot protect an operator from injury. For this reason the software cannot be
substituted for or take the place of point-of-operation protection.
Ensure that appropriate safeties and mechanical/electrical interlocks related to
point-of-operation protection have been installed and are operational before
placing the equipment into service. All interlocks and safeties related to point-of-
operation protection must be coordinated with the related automation equipment
and software programming.
NOTE: Coordination of safeties and mechanical/electrical interlocks for point-
of-operation protection is outside the scope of the Function Block Library,
System User Guide, or other implementation referenced in this
documentation.

Start-up and Test

Before using electrical control and automation equipment for regular operation
after installation, the system should be given a start-up test by qualified personnel
to verify correct operation of the equipment. It is important that arrangements for
such a check are made and that enough time is allowed to perform complete and
satisfactory testing.

WARNING
EQUIPMENT OPERATION HAZARD
• Verify that all installation and set up procedures have been completed.
• Before operational tests are performed, remove all blocks or other temporary
holding means used for shipment from all component devices.
• Remove tools, meters, and debris from equipment.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

10 35012474.20
Safety Information Discrete Input/Output Modules

Follow all start-up tests recommended in the equipment documentation. Store all
equipment documentation for future references.
Software testing must be done in both simulated and real environments.
Verify that the completed system is free from all short circuits and temporary
grounds that are not installed according to local regulations (according to the
National Electrical Code in the U.S.A, for instance). If high-potential voltage
testing is necessary, follow recommendations in equipment documentation to
prevent accidental equipment damage.
Before energizing equipment:
• Remove tools, meters, and debris from equipment.
• Close the equipment enclosure door.
• Remove all temporary grounds from incoming power lines.
• Perform all start-up tests recommended by the manufacturer.

Operation and Adjustments

The following precautions are from the NEMA Standards Publication ICS 7.1-
1995:
(In case of divergence or contradiction between any translation and the English
original, the original text in the English language will prevail.)
• Regardless of the care exercised in the design and manufacture of equipment
or in the selection and ratings of components, there are hazards that can be
encountered if such equipment is improperly operated.
• It is sometimes possible to misadjust the equipment and thus produce
unsatisfactory or unsafe operation. Always use the manufacturer’s
instructions as a guide for functional adjustments. Personnel who have
access to these adjustments should be familiar with the equipment
manufacturer’s instructions and the machinery used with the electrical
equipment.
• Only those operational adjustments required by the operator should be
accessible to the operator. Access to other controls should be restricted to
prevent unauthorized changes in operating characteristics.

35012474.20 11
Discrete Input/Output Modules About the Book

About the Book

Document Scope
This manual describes the hardware and software installation of Modicon X80
discrete modules.

Validity Note
This documentation is valid for EcoStruxure™ Control Expert 15.1.
The technical characteristics of the devices described in the present document
also appear online. To access the information online, go to the Schneider Electric
home page www.se.com/ww/en/download/.
The characteristics that are described in the present document should be the
same as those characteristics that appear online. In line with our policy of constant
improvement, we may revise content over time to improve clarity and accuracy. If
you see a difference between the document and online information, use the online
information as your reference.

Related Documents
Title of documentation Reference number
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, EIO0000002726 (English), EIO0000002727
Standards and Certifications (French), EIO0000002728 (German),
EIO0000002730 (Italian), EIO0000002729
(Spanish), EIO0000002731 (Chinese)

EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Operating Modes 33003101 (English), 33003102 (French),

33003103 (German), 33003104 (Spanish),
33003696 (Italian), 33003697 (Chinese)

EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Program 35006144 (English), 35006145 (French),

Languages and Structure, Reference Manual 35006146 (German), 35013361 (Italian),
35006147 (Spanish), 35013362 (Chinese)

EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Communication, 33002527 (English), 33002528 (French),

Block Library 33002529 (German), 33003682 (Italian),
33002530 (Spanish), 33003683 (Chinese)

EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, I/O Management, 33002531 (English), 33002532 (French),

Block Library 33002533 (German), 33003684 (Italian),
33002534 (Spanish), 33003685 (Chinese)

EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Concept 33002515 (English), 33002516 (French),

Application Converter, User Manual 33002517 (German), 33003676 (Italian),
33002518 (Spanish), 33003677 (Chinese)

You can download these technical publications, the present document and other
technical information from our website www.se.com/en/download/.

Product Related Information

WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
• The application of this product requires expertise in the design and
programming of control systems. Only persons with such expertise should
be allowed to program, install, alter, and apply this product.
• Follow all local and national safety codes and standards.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

12 35012474.20
 Discrete Input/Output Modules

Hardware Installation of the Discrete I/O Modules

What’s in This Part
General Introduction .......................................................................................14
General Rules for Installing the Modules .........................................................32
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing .......................................76
BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules ........................................................................86
BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules ........................................................................91
BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules ......................................................................96
BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules ....................................................................... 102
BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules ....................................................................... 107
BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules ....................................................................... 114
BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules ....................................................................... 119
BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules ....................................................................... 123
BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules ............................................ 127
BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules ....................................................................... 134
BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules ....................................................................... 140
BMX DAI 0814 Input Module ........................................................................ 144
BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules ................................................................... 148
BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules ................................................................... 154
BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules ......................................................... 160
BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules ......................................................... 164
BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules ....................................................... 168
BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules ......................................................... 172
BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules .......................................................... 177
BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules .......................................................... 182
BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules ......................................................... 187
BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules.......................................................... 192
BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules....................................................... 198
BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules ...................................................... 202
BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules ........................................................... 207
BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules............................................... 211
BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module ....................................... 217
BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module ...................................... 224
BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module ..................................... 231
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O Modules.............. 238

Subject of this Part

This part presents the range of Modicon X80 discrete I/O modules.

35012474.20 13
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Introduction

General Introduction
What’s in This Chapter
General Description of the Modules ................................................................15
20-pin Terminal Block Connection...................................................................16
40-pin Terminal Block Connection...................................................................17
Discrete Input/Output Modules with 40-Pin Connection ....................................18
Discrete Input Modules Catalog......................................................................19
Discrete Output Modules Catalog ...................................................................22
Discrete Mixed Input/Output Modules Catalog .................................................25
Dimensions of X80 Discrete I/O Modules ........................................................26
Temperature Derating ....................................................................................29
Standards and Certifications ..........................................................................31

Subject of this Section

This chapter provides a general introduction to discrete input/output modules.

14 35012474.20
General Introduction Discrete Input/Output Modules

General Description of the Modules

At a Glance
The discrete input/output modules of the Modicon X80 range are standard format
modules (occupying one single position), fitted with either:
• one 20-pin terminal block or
• one 40-pin terminal block or
• one or two 40-pin connectors
For modules fitted with 40-pin connector outputs, a series of products known as
TELEFAST 2, page 238 is available that enables discrete input/output modules to
be quickly connected to operational parts.
A wide range of discrete inputs and outputs make it possible to meet the following
requirements:
• functional: direct or alternating inputs/outputs, with positive or negative logic
• modularity: 8, 16, 32, or 64 channels per module

Inputs
Inputs receive signals from the sensors and carry out the following functions:
• acquisition
• adaptation
• galvanic insulation
• filtering
• protection against interference

Outputs
Outputs store the orders given by the processor, in order to control pre-actuators
via decoupling and amplification circuits.

35012474.20 15
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Introduction

20-pin Terminal Block Connection

Introduction
Discrete input/output modules are housed in plastic cases that provide IP20
protection for its electronic parts.

Illustration
The following diagram shows a 20-pin discrete module and a 20-pin terminal
block.

Elements
The following table describes the elements of discrete input/output modules with
20-pin terminal block connections.

Number Description

1 Rigid structure that supports and protects the electronic card

2 Module reference label

Note: A label is visible on the right-hand side of the module.

3 Channel status display panel

4 Connector housing the 20-pin terminal block

5 20-pin terminal block, used to connect sensors or pre-actuators

NOTE: Terminal blocks are supplied separately.

16 35012474.20
General Introduction Discrete Input/Output Modules

40-pin Terminal Block Connection

Introduction
Discrete input/output modules are housed in plastic cases that provide IP20
protection for its electronic parts.

Illustration
The following diagram shows a 40-pin discrete module and a 40-pin terminal
block.

Elements
The following table describes the elements of discrete input/output modules with
40-pin terminal block connections.

Number Description

1 Rigid structure that supports and protects the electronic card

2 Module reference label

Note: A label is visible on the right-hand side of the module.

3 Channel status display panel

4 Connector housing the 40-pin terminal block

5 40-pin terminal block, used to connect sensors or pre-actuators

NOTE: Terminal blocks are supplied separately.

35012474.20 17
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Introduction

Discrete Input/Output Modules with 40-Pin Connection

Introduction
Discrete input/output modules are housed in plastic cases that provide IP20
protection for its electronic parts.

Illustration
The following diagram shows a 40-pin discrete module.

Elements
The following table describes the elements of discrete input/output modules with
40-pin connection.

Number Description

1 Rigid structure that supports and protects the electronic card

2 Module reference labels

Note: A label is visible on the right-hand side of the module.

3 Channel status display panel

4 40-pin connector, used to connect sensors or pre-actuators

18 35012474.20
General Introduction Discrete Input/Output Modules

Discrete Input Modules Catalog

At a Glance
The tables below present the two catalogs of discrete input modules:
• with 20-pin and 40-pin terminal blocks
• with 40-pin connectors

Catalog of Terminal Block Input Modules

Catalog of discrete input modules with 20-pin terminal block connection.

Type of Discrete input module / 20-pin terminal block

module /
Interface
Illustration

Number of 16 inputs 16 inputs 16 inputs 16 inputs 16 inputs 16 inputs 8 inputs 8 inputs

channels
Range 24 VDC 48 VDC 125 VDC 24 VAC 24 VDC 48 VAC 100...120 100...120 200...240
VAC VAC VAC
Insulation Insulated Insulated Insulated Insulated inputs Insulated Insulated channel to Insulated
inputs inputs inputs inputs inputs channel inputs
isolated
inputs

IEC 61131-2 Type 3 Type 1 N/A Type 1 N/A Type 3 Type 3 Type 3 Type 2
compliance

Logic Positive Positive Positive N/A Positive or N/A N/A N/A N/A
Negative

Proximity 2-wire DC and 3-wire PNP proximity sensor (IEC N/A 2-wire DC and 3-wire PNP proximity sensor (IEC
sensor 60947-5-2 standard compliant) 60947-5-2 standard compliant)
compatibility

Response 4 ms 4 ms 5 ms 15 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms
time
Reference BMX DDI BMX DDI BMX DDI BMX DAI 1602 BMX DAI BMX DAI BMX DAI BMX DAI
1602 1603 1604T 1603 1604 0814 0805

35012474.20 19
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Introduction

Catalog of discrete input modules with 40-pin terminal block connection.

Type of Discrete input module / 40–pin terminal block

module /
Interface
Illustration

Number of 16 inputs 16 inputs 32 inputs 32 inputs

channels
Range 100...120 VAC 200...240 VAC 48 VDC 12/24 VDC

Insulation channel to channel isolated channel to channel isolated Inputs insulated per group Inputs insulated per group
inputs inputs of 16 channels of 16 channels

IEC 61131-2 Type 1 Type 1 Type 3 Type 3 (24 VDC input)

compliance

Logic N/A N/A Positive Positive or Negative

Proximity 2-wire and 3-wire proximity sensor (IEC 60947-5-2 2-wire proximity sensor N/A
sensor standard compliant)
compatibility 3-wire PNP proximity
sensor
Response 10 ms 10 ms 4 ms 4 ms
time
Reference BMX DAI 1614 BMX DAI 1615 BMX DDI 3203 BMX DDI 3232

20 35012474.20
General Introduction Discrete Input/Output Modules

Catalog of 40-pin Connector Input Modules

Catalog of discrete input modules with 40-pin connectors.

Type of Discrete input module / 40–pin connector(s)

module /
Interface
Illustration
Discrete input module

Number of 32 inputs 64 inputs

channels
Range 24 VDC 24 VDC

Insulation Inputs insulated per group of 16 channels Inputs insulated per group of 16 channels

IEC 61131-2 Type 1 No type

compliance

Logic Positive Positive

Proximity 2-wire proximity sensor 3-wire PNP proximity sensor

sensor
compatibility 3-wire PNP proximity sensor

Response 4 ms 4 ms
time
Reference BMX DDI 3202 K BMX DDI 6402 K

35012474.20 21
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Introduction

Discrete Output Modules Catalog

At a Glance
The tables below show the catalogs of static and relay output modules.

Catalog of Output Modules

Catalog of discrete static output modules with connection via 20-pin terminal
blocks and 40-pin connectors.

Type of module Static outputs with 20-pin terminal block Static outputs with Static outputs with 40-pin connections
connections 40-pin terminal block
connections
Illustration
Discrete output module Discrete output Discrete output Discrete output
module module module

Number of 16 outputs 16 outputs 32 outputs 32 outputs 64 outputs

channels
Range 24 VDC 24 VDC 12/24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC

Insulation Insulated outputs Insulated outputs Outputs insulated Outputs insulated per group of 16 channels
per group of 16
channels
Current 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
Overload Outputs protected against short-circuits and overloads with automatic or controlled reactivation and fast
protection electromagnet demagnetization circuit.

Logic Positive Negative Positive Positive Positive

Response time 1.2 ms 1.2 ms 0.3 ms 1.2 ms 1.2 ms

Type of Interface 20-pin terminal block 20-pin terminal block 40-pin terminal block 1 x 40-pin connector 2 x 40-pin
connectors
Reference BMX DDO 1602 BMX DDO 1612 BMX DDO 3202 BMX DDO 3202 K BMX DDO 6402 K

Catalog of Relay Output Modules

Catalog of discrete relay output modules with 20-pin and 40-pin terminal block
connection.

22 35012474.20
General Introduction Discrete Input/Output Modules

Type of module Relay outputs with 20-pin terminal block connections Relay outputs with 40-pin
terminal block
connections
Illustration
Discrete output module Discrete output module

Number of 8 outputs 8 outputs 8 outputs 16 outputs 8 NO/NC outputs

channels
Range 125 VDC 24 VDC or 24...240 5...125 VDC or 24...48 VDC or 5...125 VDC or 24...240
VAC 24...240 VAC 24...240 VAC VAC
Insulation Outputs insulated Outputs insulated Outputs insulated Outputs insulated Outputs insulated from
from ground from ground from ground from ground ground

Type of contact 8 insulated 8 insulated 8 insulated 1 common per 8 insulated channels

channels channels channels group of 8
channels
Thermal current 3A 3A 2A 2A 4A
per channel

Overload No protection No protection No protection No protection No protection

protection

Logic Positive/negative Positive/negative Positive/negative Positive/negative Positive/negative

Response time 10 ms max 10 ms max 13 ms max 10 ms max 13 ms max

Type of Interface 20-pin terminal 20-pin terminal 20-pin terminal 20-pin terminal 40-pin terminal block
block block block block
Reference BMX DRA 0804T BMX DRA 0805 BMX DRA 0815 BMX DRA 1605 BMX DRC 0805

Catalog of Triac Output Module

Catalog of discrete triac output module with connection via 20-pin and 40-pin
terminal blocks.

Type of module Triac outputs with 20-pin terminal block connections Triac outputs with 40-pin terminal block connections

Illustration
Discrete output module Discrete output module

Number of channels 16 outputs 16 outputs

Range 100...240 VAC 24...240 VAC

Insulation Outputs insulated by group of 4 channels Outputs individually insulated

35012474.20 23
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Introduction

Current max: 0.6 A / points (with derating) max: 3 A per channel (with derating)

Overload protection Snubber circuit and varistor Snubber circuit and varistor

Logic - -

Response time 1 ms + 0.5 x (1/F) max: 0.5 x (1/F)

(where F = frequency in Hz) (where F = frequency in Hz)

Type of Interface 20-pin terminal block 40-pin terminal block

Reference BMX DAO 1605 BMX DAO 1615

24 35012474.20
General Introduction Discrete Input/Output Modules

Discrete Mixed Input/Output Modules Catalog

At a Glance
The table below presents the catalog of discrete mixed input/output modules with
connections by 20-pin terminal block and by 40-pin connectors.

Catalog
Catalog of discrete mixed input/output modules with connection via 20-pin
terminal blocks and 40-pin connectors.

Type of module Mixed inputs/outputs with 20-pin terminal block connections Mixed inputs/outputs with 40-
pin terminal block connections

Illustration
Discrete mixed input/output modules Discrete mixed input/output
modules

Number of channels 8 inputs 8 inputs 16 inputs

8 outputs 8 outputs 16 outputs

Inputs Range 24 VDC 24 VDC 24 VDC

Insulation Insulated inputs Insulated inputs Insulated inputs

IEC 61131-2 Type 3 Type 3 Type 1

compliant

Logic Positive Positive Positive

Response time 4 ms 4 ms 4 ms

Outputs Range Static outputs Relay outputs Static outputs

24 VDC 24 VDC or 24 VDC

24...240 VAC
Insulation Outputs insulated from Outputs insulated from Outputs insulated from ground
ground ground

1 common per group of 8

channels
Current 0.5 A 2A 0.1 A
IEC 61131-2 Yes Yes Yes
compliant

Overload protection Outputs are protected N/A Outputs are protected against
against overloads and overloads and short-circuits.
short-circuits.
Logic Positive N/A Positive

Response time 1.2 ms 10 ms max 1.2 ms

Connections 20-pin terminal block 20-pin terminal block 1 x 40-pin connector

Reference BMX DDM 16022 BMX DDM 16025 BMX DDM 3202 K

35012474.20 25
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Introduction

Dimensions of X80 Discrete I/O Modules

General Presentation of X80 Discrete I/O Modules
X80 Discrete I/O Module with a 20-pin removable terminal block

a DIN-rail depth: the value depends on the DIN-rail type used in your platform.
X80 Discrete I/O Module with a 40-pin removable terminal block

a DIN-rail depth: the value depends on the DIN-rail type used in your platform.
Refer to Mounting the Racks (see Modicon X80, Racks and Power Supplies,
Hardware Reference Manual).

26 35012474.20
General Introduction Discrete Input/Output Modules

X80 Discrete I/O Module with 40-pin FCN-type connectors

a DIN-rail depth: the value depends on the DIN-rail type used in your platform.

Dimensions of X80 Discrete Modules

Module reference Module dimension Installation depth(1)
Width Height Module alone

X80 Discrete I/O Modules with a 20-pin removable terminal block

BMXDDI1602(H)

BMXDDI1603(H)

BMXDDI1604T
BMXDAI1602(H)

BMXDAI1603(H)

BMXDAI1604(H)

BMXDAI0805(H)

BMXDAI0814
BMXDDO1602(H) 32 mm (1.26 in.) 103.7 mm (4.08 in.) 86 mm (3.39 in.) 119.5 mm (4.69 in.)(1)

BMXDDO1612(H)

BMXDRA0804T
BMXDRA0805(H)

BMXDRA0815(H)

BMXDRA1605(H)

BMXDAO1605(H)

BMXDDM1622(H)

BMXDDM1625(H)

X80 Discrete I/O Modules with a 40-pin removable terminal block

35012474.20 27
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Introduction

Module reference Module dimension Installation depth(1)

Width Height Module alone

BMXDDI3232(H) 32 mm (1.26 in.) 134.6 mm (5.30 in.) 86 mm (3.39 in.) 119.5 mm (4.69 in.)(1)

BMXDDI3203(H)

BMXDAI1614(H)

BMXDAI1615(H)

BMXDRC0805(H)

BMXDAO1615(H)

BMXDDO3202(H)

X80 Discrete I/O Modules with 1 or 2 40-pin FCN-type connectors

BMXDDI3202K
BMXDDI3202K(H)

BMXDDO3202K
BMXDDO3202K(C)

BMXDDM3202K 32 mm (1.26 in.) 103.7 mm (4.08 in.) 86 mm (3.39 in.) 126.5 mm (4.96 in.)(1)

BMXDDI6402K
BMXDDI6402K(H)

BMXDDO6402K
BMXDDO6402(KC)

(1) DIN-rail depth (a) is not included.

NOTE: Connectors that are delivered with the X80 Discrete I/O modules (20-
pin and 40-pin removable terminal blocks) and the corresponding pre-
assembled cordsets (BMXFTW**1 and BMXFTW**5) have the same
dimensions.
NOTE: Consider clearance for cable installation and spacing around the
racks.

28 35012474.20
General Introduction Discrete Input/Output Modules

Temperature Derating
At a Glance
The characteristics are specified for a load rate of 60% of the channels.

CAUTION
OVERHEATING HAZARD
Take into account the temperature derating of the discrete I/O modules at the
installation to prevent the device from overheating and/or deteriorating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

If the rate is greater than 60%, confirm that the following downgrade curve is taken
into consideration.
Total current per module

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0% Temperature (°C)
0 10 20 30 40 50 60

NOTE: There is no temperature derating for relay modules. Check that the
overall consumption of the 24 VDC power supply is sufficient.
NOTE: For static outputs, temperature derating is carried out on the basis of
the maximum current produced by the active outputs.

Altitude Operating Conditions

The temperature derating applies to the modules for use at altitude up to 2000 m
(6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional
derating. For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage
Conditions (see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and
Certifications).

Examples
• BMX DDO 1602
Suppose the BMX DDO 1602 module with sixteen 24 VDC/0.5 A outputs
produces 0.5 A per channel. For an ambient temperature reading of between
0°C and 40°C, the maximum admissible current in the module is equal to 16 x
0.5 = 8 A. Above 40°C, confirm that the downgrading curve is applied. At 60°
C, confirm that the maximum current in 24 VDC does not exceed 8 x 60% =
4.8 A. This value corresponds to 10 outputs at 0.5 A or 16 outputs at 0.3 A or
other combinations.

35012474.20 29
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Introduction

• BMX DDO 6402 K

Suppose the BMX DDO 6402 K module with sixty-four 24 VDC/0.1 A outputs
produces 0.1 A per channel. For an ambient temperature reading of between
0°C and 40°C, the maximum admissible current in the module is equal to 64 x
0.1 = 6.4 A. Above 40°C, confirm that the downgrading curve isapplied. At 60°
C, confirm that the maximum current in 24 VDC does not exceed 6.4 x 60% =
3.8 A. This value corresponds to 38 outputs at 0.1 A or 64 outputs at 0.05 A or
other combinations.

• BMX DAO 1605

Suppose the BMX DAO 1605 module with sixteen 220 VAC outputs
producing 0.3 A per channel. For an ambient temperature reading of between
0°C and 40°C, the maximum admissible current in the module is equal to 16 x
0.3 A = 4.8 A (2,4 A per 8-channel group maximum). Above 40°C, confirm
that the downgrading curve isapplied. At 60°C, confirm that the maximum
current in 220 Vac does not exceed 4.8 A x 0.6 = 2.9 A (1.5 A per 8-channel
group maximum). This value corresponds to 10 outputs at 0.3 A or to 16
outputs at 0.18 A.

30 35012474.20
General Introduction Discrete Input/Output Modules

Standards and Certifications

Download
Click the link that corresponds to your preferred language to download standards
and certifications (PDF format) that apply to the modules in this product line:

Title Languages

Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O • English: EIO0000002726

Platforms, Standards and Certifications
• French: EIO0000002727
• German: EIO0000002728
• Italian: EIO0000002730
• Spanish: EIO0000002729
• Chinese: EIO0000002731

35012474.20 31
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

General Rules for Installing the Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Fitting of the Modules ....................................................................................33
20-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 20•0 ...........................................................35
40-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 40•0 ...........................................................38
BMXFTW••1 Cable ........................................................................................42
BMXFTW••5 Cable .......................................................................................45
Fitting a 20-pin Terminal Block to a Module......................................................48
Fitting a 40-Pin Terminal Block to a Module .....................................................52
Fitting a 40-pin FCN Type Connector to a Module ............................................56
Presentation for Choosing Power Supplies for Sensors and Pre-
Actuators ......................................................................................................57
Wiring Precautions ........................................................................................60
How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin
Connector Modules .......................................................................................64
How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules: Connecting 40-Pin
Connector Modules to TELEFAST Interfaces...................................................68
Sensor/Input Compatibility and Pre-actuator/Output Compatibility.....................73

Subject of this Section

This chapter presents the general rules for installing discrete input/output
modules.

32 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Fitting of the Modules

At a Glance
The discrete input/output modules are powered by the bus of the rack. The
modules may be handled without turning off power supply to the rack, without
damage or disturbance to the PLC.
Fitting operations (installation, assembly and disassembly) are described below.

Installation Precautions
The Modicon X80 discrete modules may be installed in any of the positions in the
rack except:
• the positions reserved for the rack power supply modules (marked PS, PS1,
and PS2),
• the positions reserved for extended modules (marked XBE),
• the positions reserved for the CPU in the main local rack (marked 00 or
marked 00 and 01 depending on the CPU),
• the positions reserved for the (e)X80 adapter module in the main remote drop
(marked 00).
Power is supplied by the bus at the bottom of the rack (3.3 V and 24 V).
Before installing a module, you must take off the protective cap from the module
connector located on the rack.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Disconnect the power to the sensors and pre-actuators and disconnect the
terminal block to carry out assembly and disassembly of the modules.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

Installation
The diagram below shows some discrete input/output modules mounted on the
rack.

35012474.20 33
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

The following table describes the different elements which make up the assembly
below.

Number Description

1 20-pin terminal block module

2 40-pin connector module

3 2 x 40-pin connector module

4 Standard rack

Installing the Module on the Rack

The table below presents the procedure for mounting the discrete input/output
modules on the rack:

St- Action
ep

1 Remove the protective cover from the connector of the module slot on the Modicon X80 rack.

2 Position the locating pins situated at the rear of the

module (on the bottom part) in the corresponding slot
in the rack.
3 Swivel the module towards the top of the rack so that
the module sits flush with the back of the rack.
4 Tighten the mounting screw on top of the module to
hold in place on the rack.

Tightening torque: 0.4...1.5 N•m (0.30...1.10 lbf-ft).

WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Check that the mounting screw is securely tightened to ensure the module is
firmly attached to the rack.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

34 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

20-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 20•0

At a Glance
There are three types of 20-pin terminal blocks:
• BMX FTB 2010 screw clamp terminal blocks
• BMX FTB 2000 caged terminal blocks
• BMX FTB 2020 spring terminal blocks

Cable Ends and Contacts

Each terminal block can accommodate:
• Bare wires
• Wires with:
◦ DZ5-CE (ferrule) type cable ends:

◦ AZ5-DE (twin ferrule) type cable ends:

NOTE: When using stranded cable, Schneider Electric strongly recommends
the use of wire ferrules which are fitted with an appropriate crimping tool.

Description of the 20-pin Terminal Blocks

The following table describes the type of wires that fit each terminal block and the
associated gauge range, wiring constraints, and tightening torque:

Screw Clamp Terminal Blocks Caged Terminal Blocks Spring Terminal Blocks

BMX FTB 2010 BMX FTB 2000 BMX FTB 2020

Illustration

1 solid conductor • AWG: 22...16 • AWG: 22...18 • AWG: 22...18

• mm2: 0.34...1.5 • mm2: 0.34...1 • mm2: 0.34...1

2 solid conductors 2 conductors of the same size: Only possible with twin ferrule: Only possible with twin ferrule:
• AWG: 2 x 22...16 • AWG: 2 x 24...20 • AWG: 2 x 24...20
• mm2: 2 x 0.34...1.5 • mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75 • mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75
1 stranded cable • AWG: 22...16 • AWG: 22...18 • AWG: 22...18
• mm2: 0.34...1.5 • mm2: 0.34...1 • mm2: 0.34...1

35012474.20 35
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

Screw Clamp Terminal Blocks Caged Terminal Blocks Spring Terminal Blocks

BMX FTB 2010 BMX FTB 2000 BMX FTB 2020

2 stranded cables 2 conductors of the same size: Only possible with twin ferrule: Only possible with twin ferrule:
• AWG: 2 x 22...16 • AWG: 2 x 24...20 • AWG: 2 x 24...20
• mm2: 2 x 0.34...1.5 • mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75 • mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75

1 stranded cable with • AWG: 22...16 • AWG: 22...18 • AWG: 22...18

ferrule
• mm2: 0.34...1.5 • mm2: 0.34...1 • mm2: 0.34...1

2 stranded cables with • AWG: 2 x 24...18 • AWG: 2 x 24...20 • AWG: 2 x 24...20

twin ferrule
• mm2: 2 x 0.24...1 • mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75 • mm2: 2 x 0.24...0.75

Minimum individual wire • AWG: 30 • AWG: 30 • AWG: 30

size in stranded cables
• mm2: 0.0507 • mm2: 0.0507 • mm2: 0.0507
when a ferrule is not used

Wiring constraints Screw clamps have slots that Caged terminal blocks have slots The wires are connected by
accept: that accept: pressing the button located next to
each pin.
• Flat-tipped screwdrivers with • Flat-tipped screwdrivers with
a diameter of 5 mm. a diameter of 3 mm. To press the button, use a flat-
• Pozidriv PZ1 or Philips PH1 Caged terminal blocks have tipped screwdriver with a
cross-tipped screwdrivers. captive screws. On the supplied maximum diameter of 3 mm.
Screw clamp terminal blocks have blocks, these screws are not
captive screws. On the supplied tightened.
blocks, these screws are not
tightened.

Screw tightening torque 0.5 N•m (0.37 lbf-ft) 0.4 N•m (0.30 lbf-ft) Not applicable

Connection of 20-pin Terminal Blocks

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
Turn off all power to sensor and pre-actuator devices before connection or
disconnection of the terminal block.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

36 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

The following diagram shows the method for opening the 20-pin terminal block
door so that it can be wired:

NOTE: The connection cable is installed and held in place by a cable clamp
positioned below the 20-pin terminal block.

Labeling of 20-pin Terminal Blocks

Labels for the 20-pin terminal blocks are supplied with the module. They are to be
inserted in the terminal block cover by the customer.
Each label has two sides:
• One side that is visible from the outside when the cover is closed. This side
features the commercial product references, an abbreviated description of the
module, as well as a blank section for customer labeling.
• One side that is visible from the inside when the cover is open. This side
shows the terminal block connection diagram.

35012474.20 37
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

40-pin Terminal Blocks: BMX FTB 40•0

At a Glance
There are two versions, available in two types of 40-pin terminal blocks:

Standard version • BMX FTB 4000 caged terminal block

• BMX FTB 4020 spring terminal block

Hardened version • BMX FTB 4000H caged terminal block with gold plating
• BMX FTB 4020H spring terminal block with gold plating

Both standard and hardened version of terminal block are applicable for hardened
module. However, hardened terminal block could provide a better protection to the
terminal block in the severe environment due to its gold plating.
There are also preassembled cordsets with a BMX FTB 4020 terminal block at
one end and flying leads at the other. The cordsets are available under reference
BMX FTW ••5, page 46.

Cable Ends and Contacts

The 40-pin terminal blocks are designed for only one wire or one cable end.
Each terminal block can accommodate:
• Bare wires:
◦ Solid conductor
◦ Stranded cable
• Wires with ferrule (DZ5CE••••/DZ5CA•••• single type cable ends):
NOTE: When using stranded cable, Schneider Electric strongly recommends
the use of wire ferrules which are fitted with an appropriate crimping tool.

Jumper bar
To facilitate the wiring, a 20-pin jumper bar with plastic handle is provided with 40-
pin caged screw terminal block BMX FTB 4000:

The following graphic shows an example of using the jumper bar for non-isolated
wiring channel 0-2 with on a BMX DRC 0805 module:

1 Jumper bar
2 to common

38 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

CAUTION
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Do not exceed the maximum capability of a single point of the terminal block
when using it to carry the whole common current:
• 10 A maximum for a single point of the BMXFTB4000 terminal block
• 8 A maximum for a single point of the BMXFTB4020 terminal block
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

Description of the 40-pin Terminal Blocks

The following table describes the type of wires that fit each terminal block and the
associated gauge range, wiring constraints, and tightening torque:

Caged Terminal Blocks Spring Terminal Blocks

BMX FTB 4000 BMX FTB 4020

Illustration

1 solid conductor • AWG: 26...18 • AWG: 26...18

• mm2: 0.13...1 • mm2: 0.13...1

1 stranded cable • AWG: 22...18 • AWG: 22...18

• mm2: 0.34...1 • mm2: 0.34...1

1 stranded cable with ferrule • AWG: 22...18 • AWG: 22...18

• mm2: 0.34...1 • mm2: 0.34...1

Minimum individual wire size in stranded • AWG: 30 • AWG: 30

cables when a ferrule is not used
• mm2: 0.0507 • mm2: 0.0507

35012474.20 39
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

Caged Terminal Blocks Spring Terminal Blocks

BMX FTB 4000 BMX FTB 4020

Wiring constraints Caged terminal blocks The wires are connected
have slots that accept: by pressing the button
located next to each pin.
• Flat-tipped
screwdrivers with a To press the button, use a
diameter of 3 mm. flat-tipped screwdriver
Caged terminal blocks with a maximum diameter
have captive screws. On of 3 mm.
the supplied blocks, these
screws are not tightened.

Screw tightening torque 0.4 N•m (0.30 lbf-ft) Not applicable

Connection of 40-pin Terminal Blocks

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
Turn off all power to sensor and pre-actuator devices before connection or
disconnection of the terminal block.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

The following diagram shows the method for opening the terminal block cover so that it can be wired.

The connection cable is installed and held in place by cable clamps positioned
below the terminal block.
NOTE: For installation where vibration can occur, do not let the cable loose
from movement. Tighten cable to the bar of the shielding connection kit
BMXXSP••00 or to rear mounting plate using cable clamp.

40 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Labeling the Terminal Blocks

The labels for the terminal blocks are supplied with the module. They are to be
inserted in the terminal block cover by the customer.
Each label has two sides:
• One side that is visible from the outside when the cover is closed. This side
features the commercial product references, an abbreviated description of the
module, as well as a blank section for customer labeling.
• One side that is visible from the inside when the cover is open. This side
shows the terminal block connection diagram.

35012474.20 41
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

BMXFTW••1 Cable
Introduction
20-pin connector modules are connected to sensors, pre-actuators or terminals
using a cable designed to enable direct wire to wire transition of the module’s
inputs/outputs.

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
• Use only a connector that is designed for a specific module.
• Plugging the wrong connector can cause an unexpected behavior of the
application.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

BMXFTW••1 Cable Description

The BMXFTW•01 cables are pre-assembled cord set, made up of:
• At one end, a compound-filled 20-pin BMXFTB2020 terminal block, from
which extends one cable sheath containing 20 wires
• At the other end, free wire ends differentiated by color code
The following figure shows the BMXFTW•01 cables:

1 BMXFTB2020 terminal block

2 First of external sheath
3 Wires not stripped
4 Strand of nylon allowing the cable sheath to be stripped easily
L Length according to the part number
The connection cables have three different lengths:
• 3 m (9.84 ft): BMXFTW301
• 5 m (16.40 ft): BMXFTW501
• 10 m (32.80 ft): BMXFTW1001

42 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Connection of BMXFTW••1 Cables

The following diagram shows the connection of the BMXFTW••1 cable:

BMXFTW••1 Cable Characteristics

The following table presents the general characteristics:

Characteristics Values
Cable Sheath material PVC
LSZH status No
Application type Maximum voltage 300 Vrms

Conductor description Number of conductors 20

Gauge 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG)

Material Tinned copper

Environmental Operating temperature -25...70 °C (-13....158 °F)

Applicable standards DIN47100

Cable Installation

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
Turn off all power to sensor and pre-actuator devices before connecting or
disconnecting the terminal block.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

35012474.20 43
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

The following diagram shows the pre-assembled cable connected to the module:

For more detailed information, refer to the topic Fitting a 20-pin Terminal Block to a
Module, page 48.

44 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

BMXFTW••5 Cable
Introduction
40-pin connector modules are connected to sensors, pre-actuators or terminals
using a cable designed to enable direct wire to wire transition of the module’s
inputs/outputs.

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
• Use only a connector that is designed for a specific module.
• Plugging the wrong connector can cause an unexpected behavior of the
application.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

BMXFTW••5 Cable Description

The BMXFT ••5 cables are pre-assembled cord set, made up of:
• At one end, a compound-filled 40-pin BMXFTB4020 terminal block (non-gold
plated spring terminal block), from which extends one cable sheath containing
40 wires
• At the other end, free wire ends differentiated by color code
NOTE: This pre-assembled cord set is only dedicated to standard module
version.

WARNING
UNINTENDED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Do not use BMXFTW••5 cables with hardened module.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

The following figure shows the BMXFTW••05 cables:

1 BMXFTB4020 terminal block

2 First of external sheath
3 Wires not stripped
4 Strand of nylon allowing the cable sheath to be stripped easily
L Length according to the part number
The connection cables have two different lengths:
• 3 m (9.84 ft): BMXFTW305

35012474.20 45
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

• 5 m (16.40 ft): BMXFTW505

BMXFTW••5 Cable Connection

The following diagram shows the connections and the color-coded according to
DIN47100:

BMXFTW••5 Cable Characteristics

The following table presents the general characteristics:

Characteristics Values
Cable Sheath material PVC
LSZH status No
Application type Maximum voltage 300 Vrms

Conductor description Number of conductors 40

Gauge 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG)

Material Tinned copper

Maximum current 2 A below 30 °C (86 °F)

0.8 A below 70 °C (158 °F)

Electrical Dielectric withstand 2500 V for 1 min.

46 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Characteristics Values
Environmental Operating temperature -25...70 °C (-13....158 °F)

Applicable standards DIN47100

BMXFTW••5 Cable Installation

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK
Turn off all power to sensor and pre-actuator devices before connecting or
disconnecting the terminal block.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

The following diagram shows the pre-assembled cable connected to the module:

For more information, refer to the Fitting a 40-pin Terminal Block to a Module
topic, page 52.
NOTE: For installation where vibration can occur, do not let the BMXFTW••5
cable loose from movement. Tighten cable to the bar of the BMXXSP••00
shielding connection kit or to rear mounting plate using cable clamp.

35012474.20 47
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

Fitting a 20-pin Terminal Block to a Module

At a Glance
The modules with 20-pin terminal block connections require the terminal block to
be connected to the module. These fitting operations (assembly and disassembly)
are described below.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Terminal block must be connected or disconnected with sensor and pre-
actuator voltage switched off.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
Do not plug an AC terminal block into a DC module. This will cause damage to
the module.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

Installing the Terminal Block

The following table shows the procedure for assembling the 20-pin terminal block onto a discrete input/output
module.

Assembly Procedure

Step Action

1 Once the module is in place on the rack, install the terminal block by inserting the terminal
block encoder (the rear lower part of the terminal) into the module's encoder (the front
lower part of the module), as shown above.
NOTE: The module connector have indicators which show the proper direction to use
for terminal block installation.
2 Fix the terminal block to the module by tightening the 2 mounting screws located on the
lower and upper parts of the terminal block.

Tightening torque: 0.4 N•m (0.30 lbf-ft).

NOTE: If the screws are not tightened, there is a risk that the terminal block
will not be properly fixed to the module.

48 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Coding the 20-Pin Terminal Block

WARNING
UNEXPECTED BEHAVIOR OF APPLICATION
Code the terminal block as described below to prevent the terminal block from
being mounted on another module. Plugging the wrong connector could cause
unexpected behavior of the application.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

CAUTION
DESTRUCTION OF THE MODULE
Code the terminal block as described below to prevent the terminal block from
being mounted on another module. Plugging the wrong connector could cause
the module to be destroyed.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

When a 20-pin terminal block is installed on a module dedicated to this type of

terminal block, you can code the terminal block and the module using studs. The
purpose of the studs is to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on
another module. Incorrect insertion can then be avoided when replacing a module.
Coding is done by the user with the STB XMP 7800 guidance wheel’s studs. You
can only fill the 6 slots in the middle of the left side (as seen from the wiring side)
of the terminal block, and can fill the module’s 6 guidance slots on the left side.
To fit the terminal block to the module, a module slot with a stud must correspond
to an empty slot in the terminal block, or a terminal block with a stud must
correspond to an empty slot in the module. You can fill up to and including either of
the 6 available slots as desired.

35012474.20 49
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

The diagram below shows a guidance wheel as well as the slots on the module
used for coding the 20-pin terminal blocks.

The diagram below shows an example of a coding configuration that makes it

possible to fit the terminal block to the module.

50 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

The diagram below shows an example of coding configuration with which it is not
possible to fit the terminal block to the module.

35012474.20 51
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

Fitting a 40-Pin Terminal Block to a Module

At a Glance
The modules with 40-pin terminal block connections require the terminal block to
be connected to the module. These fitting operations (assembly and disassembly)
are described below.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Terminal blocks must be connected or disconnected with sensor and pre-
actuator voltage switched off.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
Do not plug an AC terminal block into a DC module. This will cause damage to
the module.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

Installing the 40-Pin Terminal Block

The following table shows the procedure for assembling the 40-pin terminal block
onto a discrete input/output module.

Assembly Procedure

Step Action

1 Once the module is in place on the rack, install the terminal block by inserting the
terminal block encoder (the rear lower part of the terminal) into the module's encoder
(the front lower part of the module), as shown above.
NOTE: The module connector have indicators which show the proper direction to
use for terminal block installation.
2 Fix the terminal block to the module by tightening the 2 mounting screws located on the
lower and upper parts of the terminal block.

Tightening torque: 0.4 N•m (0.30 lbf-ft).

NOTE: If the screws are not tightened, there is a risk that the terminal block
will not be properly fixed to the module.

52 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Coding the 40-Pin Terminal Block

WARNING
UNEXPECTED BEHAVIOR OF APPLICATION
Code the terminal block as described below to prevent the terminal block from
being mounted on another module. Plugging the wrong connector could cause
unexpected behavior of the application.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

CAUTION
DESTRUCTION OF THE MODULE
Code the terminal block as described below to prevent the terminal block from
being mounted on another module. Plugging the wrong connector could cause
the module to be destroyed.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

When a 40-pin terminal block is installed on a module dedicated to this type of

terminal block, you can code the terminal block and the module using studs. The
purpose of the studs is to prevent the terminal block from being mounted on
another module. Incorrect insertion can then be avoided when replacing a module.
Coding is done by the user with the STB XMP 7800 guidance wheel’s studs. You
can only fill the 12 slots in the middle of the left side (as seen from the wiring side)
of the terminal block, and can fill the module’s 12 guidance slots on the left side.
To fit the terminal block to the module, a module slot with a stud must correspond
to an empty slot in the terminal block, or a terminal block with a stud must
correspond to an empty slot in the module. You can fill up to and including either of
the 12 available slots as desired.

35012474.20 53
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

The diagram below shows a guidance wheel as well as the slots on the module
used for coding the 40-pin terminal blocks.

1 Guidance wheel
2 Detachable stud
3 Guidance slots

54 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

The diagram below shows an example of a coding configuration that makes it

possible to fit the terminal block to the module.

The diagram below shows an example of coding configuration with which it is not
possible to fit the terminal block to the module.

35012474.20 55
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

Fitting a 40-pin FCN Type Connector to a Module

At a Glance
The modules with 40-pin FCN type connections require the latter to be connected
to the module. These fitting operations (assembly and disassembly) are described
below.

DANGER
ELECTRICAL SHOCK
FCN type connector must be connected or disconnected with sensor and pre-
actuator voltage switched off.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
Do not plug an AC connector on a DC module. This would cause equipment
damage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

Installing the Connector

The following table shows the procedure for assembling the connector onto
modules:

Assembly procedure:

Step Action

1 Once the module is in place on the rack, insert the FCN connector of the cable into
the module’s connector, as shown above.

2 Fix the connector to the module by tightening the 2 mounting screws located on the
lower and upper parts of the terminal block.

Tightening torque: 0.4 N•m (0.30 lbf-ft).

NOTE: If the screws are not tightened, there is a risk that the terminal block
will not be properly fixed to the module.

56 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Presentation for Choosing Power Supplies for Sensors

and Pre-Actuators
At a Glance
The different choices of power supply for sensors and pre-actuators linked to
discrete input/output modules require certain usage precautions to be observed.

External Direct Current Power Supplies

Rectified power supplies with no filtering are prohibited.

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
When using an external 24 VDC direct current power supply, use one of the
following:
• regulated power supplies
• non-regulated power supplies with:
• filtering of 1000 μF/A with full-wave single phase rectification and 500 μF/A
with tri-phase rectification
• 5% maximum peak to peak ripple rate
• maximum voltage variation of: -20% to +25% of the nominal voltage
(including ripple)
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

Ni-Cad Battery Power Supplies

Ni-Cad battery power supplies can be used to power sensors and pre-actuators
and all associated inputs/outputs that have a normal operating voltage of 30 VDC
maximum.
While being charged, this type of battery can reach, for a duration of one hour, a
voltage of 34 VDC. For this reason, all input/output modules with an operating
voltage of 24 VDC can withstand this voltage (34 VDC) for up to one hour every 24
hours. This type of operation entails the following restrictions:
• At 34 VDC, confirm that the maximum current withstood by the outputs does
not exceed the maximum current defined for a voltage of 30 VDC.
• Temperature downgrading imposes the following restrictions:
◦ 80% of inputs/outputs at 1 up to 30°C
◦ 50% of inputs/outputs at 1 up to 60°C

CAUTION
OVERHEATING HAZARD
Consider the temperature derating of the discrete I/O modules at the installation
to prevent the device from overheating and/or deteriorating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

35012474.20 57
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

External AC Current Power Supplies

All BMXDAI••••, BMXDAO••••, BMXDRA••••, and BMXDRC•••• modules are
designed for use in zone A and B defined in the PLC standard IEC 61131-2 and
the generic EMC standard IEC 61000-6-2 without any specific protection against
surges.
The following figure shows the zones defined in the PLC standard IEC 61131-2:

Zone A Local power distribution

Zone B Dedicated power distribution
Zone C Factory mains
1 Protection network should be appropriate to reduce Severity Levels from those of outdoor to Zone B.
2 Protection network should be appropriate to reduce Severity Levels from those of Zone A to Zone B
These modules are also suited to be installed in a power generation station/
substation according to the generic standard IEC 61000-6-5 for interfaces type 1
and 2, without any specific protection against surges.

58 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

The following figure shows the interface types defined in the generic standard IEC
61000-6-5:

1 Inside protected area

2 Inside interface and/or control room and/or process area not involved in the
electrical process
3 Inside or from process area involved in the electrical process
4 Connections from outside (HV area and external telecommunication)

Protection Against Surges of AC Power Lines for More Severe

Environments
The design of these modules helps ensure an immunity level for surges of 2 kV
Line to ground and 1 kV line to line. They do not require any external protection on
AC line branch.
If you want to install the PLC and its AC I/Os in a IEC 61131-2 zone C or to a IEC
61000-6-5 type 3 or type 4 interface, use primary protection provided only and
severe interference coupling. The system integrator is responsible to take care of
the system and help protect it properly
Providing mitigation measures, you can install the PLC and the IO module in a
such environment.
All the installation requirements are detailed in the chapter J - Overvoltage
protection of the Schneider Electrical Installation Guide. This documentation is
available for download on www.se.com.
Adding a type 2/class II surge protection device (SPD), for example an iQuick
PRD20r modular surge arrester with voltage protection level (Up) ≤1.5 kV,
withstand surges of 4 kV Line to ground and 2 kV line to line.

35012474.20 59
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

Wiring Precautions
At a Glance
Discrete inputs/outputs feature protective measures that ensure a high resistance
to industrial environmental conditions. Nevertheless, follow the rules described
below.

External Power Supplies for Sensors and Pre-Actuators

Use quick-blow fuses to protect external sensor and pre-actuator power supplies
associated with discrete input/output modules against short-circuits and
overloads.
For 40-pin connector discrete input/output modules, link the sensor/pre-actuator
power supply to each connector, except in the event where the corresponding
channels are not in use and are not assigned to any task.

DANGER
IMPROPER GROUNDING HAZARD
Install the 24V supply according to applicable codes. Connect the 0V terminals
of the 24V power supplies to metallic ground and safety ground as close as
possible to the supply. This is to ensure personnel safety in the event of a power
phase coming into contact with the 24V supply.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

NOTE: If an input/ouput module is present on the PLC, connect the sensor

and pre-actuator power supply to the power supply of the module otherwise,
an external power supply error occurs causing the input/output LED to flash.

Inputs
Recommendations for use concerning the inputs of discrete modules are as
follows:

60 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

• for 24 VDC inputs and line coupling with an alternating current network:

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
• Avoid excessive coupling between AC cables and cables relaying
signals intended for direct current inputs.
• Follow the cable routing rules.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury,
or equipment damage.

This case (excessive coupling) is illustrated in the following circuit diagram.

When the input contact is open, the alternating currents may induce a current
in the input which might cause it to be set to 1.
For a 240 VAC/50 Hz line coupling, do not exceed the line capacitance values
given in the summary table at the end of this section. For a coupling with a
different voltage, use the following formula:

• for 24 to 240 VAC inputs and line coupling:

When the line that controls the input is open, the current passes according to
the coupling capacitance of the cable (see circuit diagram below).

Do not exceed the line capacitance values given in the summary table below.
The following summary table shows the acceptable line capacitance values.

35012474.20 61
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

Module Maximum coupling capacitance

24 to 125 VDC inputs

BMX DDI 1602 45 nF (1)

BMX DDI 1603

BMX DDI 1604T

BMX DDM 16022

BMX DDM 16025

BMX DDI 3202 K 25 nF (1)

BMX DDI 6402 K

BMX DDM 3202 K

24 to 140 VAC inputs

BMX DAI 0805 50 nF

BMX DAI 1615

BMX DAI 1602 50 nF
BMX DAI 1603 60 nF
BMX DAI 0814 70 nF

BMX DAI 1614

BMX DAI 1604

(1) max. admissible coupling capacitance with a 240 VAC / 50 Hz linemax. admissible coupling
capacitance with a 240 VAC / 50 Hz line

Example: A standard cable of 1 m in length has a coupling capacity that falls

within 100 and 150 pF.

Outputs
For the outputs of discrete I/O modules, follow the recommendations described
here.

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Use wires of a sufficient diameter to avoid drops in voltage, overheating, and
unexpected equipment operation.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

Cable Routing

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Observe the precautions below for the wiring system.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

Precautions for use to be taken concerning the wiring system are as follows:

62 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

• in order to reduce the number of alternating couplings, separate the power

circuit cables (power supplies, power switches, etc.) from input cables
(sensors) and output cables (pre-actuators) both inside and outside the
equipment
• outside the equipment, place the cables leading to inputs/outputs in covers
that make them easily distinguishable from those containing wires relaying
high energy levels. Place them in separate metal cableways which are
grounded. Route these various cables at least 100 mm (4 in.) apart

35012474.20 63
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules:

Connecting 40-Pin Connector Modules
Introduction
40-pin connector modules are connected to sensors, pre-actuators, or terminals
using a cable designed to enable trouble-free direct wire to wire transition of the
module’s inputs/outputs.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, ARC FLASH OR EXPLOSION
40-pin connectors must be connected or disconnected with sensor and pre-
actuator voltage switched off.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

The following diagram shows the connection of the cable to the module.

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
During the installation process, ensure that the connectors are identified with
the corresponding modules so that incorrect connection cannot occur. Plugging
the wrong connector into a module will result in unexpected equipment
operation.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

BMX FCW ••• Connection Cables

They are made up of:

64 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

• at one end, a compound-filled 40-pin connector from which extend 1 or 2

cable sheaths, each containing 20 wires with a cross-sectional area of 0.34
mm2 (AWG 22)

• at the other end, free wire ends color coded

The cables with 1 cable sheath containing 20 wires designed to connect the 40-
pin connectors to the sensors or pre-actuators come in 3 different lengths:
• 3 meters: BMX FCW 301
• 5 meters: BMX FCW 501
• 10 meters: BMX FCW 1001
The figure below shows the BMX FCW ••1 cables.

The cables with 2 cable sheaths containing 20 wires designed to connect the 40-
pin connectors to the sensors or pre-actuators come in 3 different lengths:
• 3 meters: BMX FCW 303
• 5 meters: BMX FCW 503
• 10 meters: BMX FCW 1003
The figure below shows the BMX FCW ••3 cables.

35012474.20 65
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

NOTE: A strand of nylon incorporated in the cable allows the cable sheath to
be stripped with ease.
NOTE: The maximum torque for tightening BMX FCW ••• cable connection
screws is 0.8 N•m (0.59 lb-ft).

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Do not exceed the maximum tightening torque. Excessive torque may result in
wire breakage, resulting in poor or intermittent connection.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

Connection of BMX FCW ••• Cables

The diagram below shows the connection of BMX FCW ••1 cables:

66 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

The diagram below shows the connection of BMX FCW ••3 cables:

BMX FCW ••• Cables Characteristics

This table presents the general characteristics:

Characteristics Values
Cable Sheath material PVC
LSZH status No
Conductor description Number of conductors • 20 for BMX FCW ••1
• 40 for BMX FCW ••3
Gauge 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG)

Material Tinned copper

Environmental Operating temperature -25...70 °C (-13....158 °F)

Applicable standards DIN47100

35012474.20 67
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

How to Connect Discrete Input/Output Modules:

Connecting 40-Pin Connector Modules to TELEFAST
Interfaces
At a Glance
The inputs/outputs of discrete 40-pin connector modules are connected to
TELEFAST quick-wiring connection and adaptation interfaces using specific
cables for 40-pin to HE10 connectors.

Illustration
The drawing below shows the connection of a discrete 40-pin connector module to
a TELEFAST interface.

BMX FCC ••• Connection Cables

The cables designed for connecting 40-pin connectors to 1xHE10 come in 6
different lengths:
• 0.5 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 051
• 1 meter, 20 wires: BMX FCC 101
• 2 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 201
• 3 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 301
• 5 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 501
• 10 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 1001

68 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

The cables designed for connecting 40-pin connectors to 2xHE10 come in 6

different lengths:
• 0.5 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 053
• 1 meter, 20 wires: BMX FCC 103
• 2 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 203
• 3 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 303
• 5 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 503
• 10 meters, 20 wires: BMX FCC 1003

35012474.20 69
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

Connection of BMX FCC ••• Cables

The diagram below shows the connection of BMX FCC ••1 cables.

70 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

The diagram below shows the connection of BMX FCC ••3 cables.

NOTE: The maximum torque for tightening BMX FCC ••• cable connection
screws is 0,5 N•m (0.37 lb-ft).

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Do not exceed the maximum tightening torque. Excessive torque may result in
wire breakage, resulting in poor or intermittent connection.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

BMX FCC ••• Cables Characteristics

This table presents the general characteristics:

Characteristics Values
Cable Sheath material PVC
LSZH status No
Conductor description Number of conductors • 20 for BMX FCC ••1
• 40 for BMX FCC ••3
Gauge 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG)

Material Tinned copper

Environmental Operating temperature -25...70 °C (-13....158 °F)

Applicable standards DIN47100

35012474.20 71
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

72 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Sensor/Input Compatibility and Pre-actuator/Output

Compatibility
At a Glance
The compatibility between sensors and discrete module inputs depends on the
type of sensor used.
Similarly, the compatibility between pre-actuators and discrete module outputs
depends on the type of pre-actuator used.

Sensor/Input Compatibility
The following table presents the compatibility between 3-wire sensors and 24
VDC and 48 VDC inputs.

3-wire sensors and IEC 61131-2 compliant type 3 positive logic

(sink) inputs: all 3-wire PNP inductive or capacitive proximity
sensors and photo-electric detectors which have an operating
voltage of 24 VDC and 48 VDC are compatible with all positive
logic inputs.

3-wire sensors and negative logic (source) inputs: all 3-wire NPN
inductive or capacitive proximity sensors and photo-electric
detectors which have an operating voltage of 24 VDC and 48
VDC are compatible with all negative logic inputs.

The following table presents the compatibility between 2-wire sensors and 24
VDC and 48 VDC inputs.

2-wire sensors and IEC 61131-2 compliant type 1 positive logic

(sink) inputs: all proximity sensors or other 2-wire sensors with
an operating voltage of 24 VDC and 48 VDC and with the
characteristics described in the next table are compatible with all
positive logic 24 VDC inputs.

2-wire sensors and negative logic (source) inputs: all proximity

sensors or other 2-wire sensors with an operating voltage of 24
VDC are compatible with all negative logic 24 VDC inputs.

Compatibility between 2-wire sensors and 24/48 VAC and 120 VAC inputs:
All IEC 60947-5-2 compliant 2-wire AC proximity sensors able to withstand
100...120 VAC are compatible with all IEC 61131-2 type 1 and type 3 compliant
110...20 VAC inputs.

35012474.20 73
Discrete Input/Output Modules General Rules for Installing the Modules

The following tables provide a summary of compatibility between sensors and

discrete input/output module inputs.

Types of proximity sensor Types of input

24 VDC 48 VDC 24 VDC 24/48

VDC
Positive Type 1 Type 3
logic Negative
Positive Positive logic
logic logic

All PNP-type 3-wire (DC) proximity sensors X X X -

All NPN-type 3-wire (DC) proximity sensors - - - X

Telemecanique or other brand 2-wire (DC) - X X -

proximity sensors with the following
characteristics:
• Voltage drop in closed state ≤ 7 V
• Minimum switched current ≤ 2.5 mA
• Residual current in open state ≤ 1.5
mA
Telemecanique or other brand 2-wire (DC) X X X -
proximity sensors with the following
characteristics:
• Voltage drop in closed state ≤ 4 V
• Minimum switched current ≤ 1 mA
• Residual current in open state ≤ 0.5
mA
X compatible

- not compatible

DC DC voltage operation

Types of proximity sensor Types of input

24 VAC 48 VAC 100-120 VAC

Type 1 Type 3 Type 3

2-wire (AC/DC) proximity sensor (see note) X X X

2-wire (AC) proximity sensor X X X

X compatible

AC AC voltage operation

AC/DC AC or DC voltage operation

NOTE: 24 VDC inputs can be used in positive (sink) or negative (source) logic but are not IEC
compliant.

Compatibility of Pre-Actuators with Outputs

Compatibility of DC Pre-actuators with Outputs:
Comply with the output’s maximum current and maximum switching frequency as
specified in the module characteristics.
NOTE: Where low consumption pre-actuators are used, pay special attention
to the leakage current of the idle output, to ensure that the maximum current is
correctly calculated:
I max = I nominal + I leakage
Given that:
I nominal = Current required to operate by the pre-actuator
I leakage = Maximum leakage current in idle output state

74 35012474.20
General Rules for Installing the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Compatibility of Tungsten Filament Lamps and Static Outputs (Static

Current):
For outputs with protection against short circuits, confirm that the maximum power
of the tungsten filament lamps specified in the module characteristics complies. If
not, the lamp’s pick-up current might cause a tripped output at the time of power-
up.
Compatibility of AC Pre-actuators and Relay Outputs:
Inductive AC pre-actuators have a pick-up current of up to 10 times their holding
current for a duration of 2/F seconds (F = alternating current frequency). Relay
outputs are therefore set to withstand these conditions (AC14 and AC15). The
table of characteristics for relay outputs gives the maximum authorized running
power (in AV) according to the number of operations.

CAUTION
SHORTENED RELAY LIFE
Ensure that currents switched by the relay outputs do not exceed the relay
ratings. Excessive currents will shorten relay life.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

35012474.20 75
Discrete Input/Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing

Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic

Processing
What’s in This Chapter
General Protective Measures .........................................................................76
Module and Channel Status Display ...............................................................78
Diagnostics...................................................................................................81
Checking the Connection ...............................................................................84

Subject of this Section

This section explains the processing of hardware detected faults related to
discrete input/output modules.

General Protective Measures

At a Glance
Some general protective measures are integrated into the channels of discrete
input/ouput direct current modules.

DC Outputs
Every static output (except where specifically labeled "Non-Protected"), features a
protective device which allows the following to be detected when an output is
active:
• An overload or short circuit. Events such as these cause the output to be
deactivated (tripped) and the event to be indicated on the display on the front
panel of the module (the LED corresponding to the channel flashes, the I/O
LED comes on).
• Reversal of polarity. An event such as this causes the power supply to short
circuit without damaging the module. In order to obtain optimal protection,
install a quick-blow fuse on the power supply and upstream from the pre-
actuators.
• Inductive overvoltage. Each output is individually protected against
inductive overvoltage and has a fast electro-magnet demagnetization circuit
using a zener diode which allows the mechanical cycle of certain fast
machines to be reduced.

DC Inputs
24 VDC and 48 VDC inputs are of constant current type. The input current is
constant for a voltage greater than:
• 15 V for 24 VDC inputs
• 25 V for the 48 VDC inputs
This characteristic has the following advantages:
• guaranteed minimum current in active state in accordance with IEC standards
• limited consumed current when input voltage increases, to avoid the module
overheating unnecessarily
• reduced consumed current to the power supply sensor supplied by the PLC
power supply or a process power supply

76 35012474.20
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing Discrete Input/Output Modules

35012474.20 77
Discrete Input/Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing

Module and Channel Status Display

Introduction
Discrete I/O modules are equipped with a display block featuring LEDs that
displays the module’s channel status and the overall module status.

Illustration
The following figure shows the position of the channel status display LEDs as well
as the 3 (or 4) module status LEDs, on the front panel of the discrete I/O modules.

Description
The following table explains how the LEDs located on the discrete I/O display
block operate.

LEDs
Continually Lit Flashing Off

RUN module operating normally N/A module inoperative or off

(green)

ERR internal event: Module Communication loss no detected internal error

analysis needed between the discrete
(red) module and the CPU

I/O external event: overload, Terminal block incorrectly no detected external error
short circuit, sensor/pre- wired
(red) actuator voltage error

+32 selection of channels 32 to N/A selection of channels 0 to

63 31
Green
Chan- channel at 1 channel error, overload, channel at 0
nel short circuit, or open wire
status detected(1)

(1) When channel status is open wire detected, the flashing timing is the following:
• 64 ms ON
• 64 ms OFF
• 64 ms ON
• 2000 ms OFF

NOTE: The +32 LED is only present on the 64-channel modules. It is enabled/
disabled with a push-button located on the top of the module. By default, the
first 32 channels are displayed.

78 35012474.20
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing Discrete Input/Output Modules

NOTE: For a mixed input/output module, the first line of channel status LEDs
represents the inputs (for example, for a mixed 16 input/16 output module,
LEDs 0 to 15 represent the inputs and LEDs 16 to 31 represent the outputs).
NOTE: After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the following
modules switch on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by
the input channel status LED's:
• BMX DDI 1602
• BMX DDI 1603
• BMX DDI 1604T
• BMX DDI 3202K
• BMX DDI 6402K
• BMX DDM 16022
• BMX DDM 3202K
• BMX DDM 16025

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on.
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information. (They show the last
recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions.)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

Display Panels
When a voltage is present on an input or output, the corresponding LED is lit.
Display of internal or external events is only effective once the module has been
configured. After powering-up or a cold start, all the LEDs flash twice (for 2
seconds) to show that the module is operational. When an event is detected, the
channel status is recorded until the cause of the event is cleared.

Modules Display Panel illustration Description

BMX DAI 0805 These modules have:

• 3 module status LEDs: RUN - ERR -
BMX DAI 0814
I/O
BMX DRA 0804T • 8 channel status LEDs

BMX DRA 0805

BMX DRA 0815

BMX DRC 0805

BMX DDI 1602 These modules have:

BMX DDI 1603 • 3 module status LEDs: RUN - ERR -

I/O
BMX DDI 1604T • 16 channel status LEDs

BMX DAI 1602

BMX DAI 1603

BMX DAI 1604

BMX DAI 1614

BMX DAI 1615

BMX DDO 1602

35012474.20 79
Discrete Input/Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing

Modules Display Panel illustration Description

BMX DDO 1612

BMX DRA 1605

BMX DAO 1605

BMX DAO 1615

BMX DDI 3203 These modules have:
• 3 module status LEDs: RUN - ERR -
BMX DDI 3232
I/O
BMX DDI 3202 K • 32 channel status LEDs

BMX DDO 3202

BMX DDO 3202

K

BMX DDM 3202

K

BMX DDM 16022

(1)

BMX DDM 16025

(1)

BMX DDI 6402 K These modules have:

• 3 module status LEDs: RUN - ERR -
BMX DDO 6402
K I/O
• a +32 LED to display channels 32 to
63
• 32 channel status LEDs
• a switch to display channels 32 to 63

( 1) The BMX DDM 16022 and BMX DDM 16025 mixed input/output modules have 2 groups of 8
channels. The input group is represented by channels 0 to 7 and the output group is represented by
channels 16 to 23.

There are several display blocks depending on the type of discrete I/O module.

80 35012474.20
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing Discrete Input/Output Modules

Diagnostics

At a Glance
The diagnostics function detects any conditions that may affect module operation.
Three diagnostic groups can be identified:
• internal events
• external events
• other events

Internal Events
Internal events concern all internal module conditions and all communication loss
occurrences that prevent a discrete input/output module from operating correctly.
A communication loss can be caused by:
• a hardware detected fault at rack bus level
• a processor malfunction or power cable circuit open or short
• a power cable circuit open or short

External Events
External events include:
• Overload and Short-Circuit: Static output modules contain a device for
checking the load status. In the event of an overload or short-circuit of one or
more outputs, they are tripped to open circuit. The status will be shown on the
front panel of the module - the LEDs corresponding to the tripped outputs will
flash and the red I/O LED will light up.
• Sensor Voltage Error: All input modules contain a device for checking
sensor voltage for all module channels. This device checks that sensor and
module power supply voltages are of a sufficiently high level for correct
operation of the module’s input channels. When sensor voltage is less than or
equal to the defined threshold, the status is shown by the I/O LED lighting up
on front panel of the module.
• Pre-actuator Voltage Error: All 24 VDC and 48 VDC transistor output
modules contain a device for checking the pre-actuator voltage of all module
channels. This device checks that pre-actuator and module power supply
voltages are of a sufficiently high level for correct operation of the module’s
output channels. This voltage must be greater than 18 V (24 VDC supply) or
36 V (48 VDC supply) for modules with direct current static outputs. In the
event of pre-actuator voltage being less than or equal to this threshold, the
error is shown by the I/O LED lighting up on the front panel of the module.
• Open wire Error: Some modules (for example BMXDAI1614/DAI1615) can
detect the open wire error by checking the leakage current in the loop. In
order to get the appropriate leakage current, an external resistor might be
required. See details in the characteristic page of the specific module.

35012474.20 81
Discrete Input/Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing

NOTE: The sensor/pre-actuator voltage check is unique to terminal block

modules. In 32 or 64-channel connector modules, there is one checking
device per connector (equivalent to one per group of 16 channels).
A sensor or pre-actuator voltage error leads to all the inputs and outputs of the
group affected by the error (i.e. groups of 8 or 16 channels for a terminal block
module and the group of 16 channels for a 32 or 64-channel connector
module) to be set to inactive.
After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected
in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module
configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor
power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 285.
NOTE: Relay output modules do not contain pre-actuator voltage checking
devices.

Other Events
The other errors category includes loss of power to the modules.

Description
The following table can be used to determine the module’s status on the basis of
the LEDs located on the discrete input/output modules’ display panel.

State of module LEDs

RUN (green) ERR (red) I/O (red)

Normal operation

Internal events Module analysis needed

CPU communication interruption

External events Overload, short circuit, sensor/

pre-actuator voltage error, open
wire
Configuration Self-test of the module at start-
up

Not configured module

Other events Module loss of power

Key:

82 35012474.20
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing Discrete Input/Output Modules

State of module LEDs

RUN (green) ERR (red) I/O (red)

LED on

LED flashing

LED off

NOTE: After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the following
modules switch on and the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by
the input channel status LED's:
• BMX DDI 1602
• BMX DDI 1603
• BMX DDI 1604T
• BMX DDI 3202K
• BMX DDI 6402K
• BMX DDM 16022
• BMX DDM 3202K
• BMX DDM 16025

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last
recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

35012474.20 83
Discrete Input/Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing

Checking the Connection

At a Glance
In order to check the discrete I/O connection, ensure that:
• sensor data is registered by the corresponding inputs and by the processor
• control orders from the processor are registered by the outputs and
transmitted to the corresponding pre-actuators

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Active outputs can activate machine movements.
All power must be turned off before this check is carried out:
1. remove power fuses from the motor controls
2. turn off the power of hydraulic and pneumatic units
3. power up the PLC fitted with its Discrete I/O modules
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

Description
After this, it is possible to check the connection of the Discrete I/O modules:
• without a terminal: activate each sensor and check whether the
corresponding input LED changes. If it remains unchanged, check the wiring
and correct operation of the sensor.
• with a terminal (more in-depth check on the connection of the inputs/
outputs). An application with configured I/Os in the PLC is required, even if it
is empty (in that case, do not declare any module in the ‘FAST task’).
◦ This check can be carried out with the PLC in RUN mode, from a PC
equipped with Control Expert software giving access to debug functions.
◦ This check can also be carried out with an entire application loaded in the
memory. In this case, stop the processing of the program by de-activating
the MAST, FAST and event , page 285tasks by setting system bits %S30,
%S31, and %S38 to 0.

Input Check
The following table shows the procedure for checking input connections.

Step Action

1 Activate each sensor and check that the corresponding input LED changes status.

2 Check on the terminal screen that the corresponding input bit (%I•) also changes
status.

84 35012474.20
Discrete Input/Output Module Diagnostic Processing Discrete Input/Output Modules

Output Check
The following table shows the procedure for checking output connections.

Step Action

1 From the terminal, set each bit (%Q•) that corresponds to an output to 1 then 0.

2 Check that the corresponding output LED turns on then off and that the corresponding
pre-actuator activates then de-activates.

35012474.20 85
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules

BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction...................................................................................................86
Characteristics ..............................................................................................86
Connecting the Module ..................................................................................88

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDI 1602 module, its characteristics, and explains
how it is connected to the various sensors.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DDI 1602 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin
terminal block. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 16 input channels receive
current from the sensors.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDI 1602H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DDI 1602 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in
harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 1602 and
BMX DDI 1602H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.

86 35012474.20
BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 1602 and BMX
DDI 1602H modules:

Module type 24 VDC positive logic inputs

Operating temperature BMX DDI 1602 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

BMX DDI 1602H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Nominal input values Voltage 24 VDC

Current 3.5 mA
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 11 V

Current > 2 mA (for U ≥ 11 V)

At 0 Voltage 5V

Current < 1.5 mA

Sensor supply (including ripple for 19...30 V
standard module)
(possible up to 34 V, limited to 1
hour/day)

Input impedance At nominal U 6.8 kΩ

Response time Typical 4 ms

Maximum 7 ms
Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in 738 749
hours at ambient temperature 30 °
C (86 °F)

Reverse polarity Protected

Fuse type Internal None

External 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Input type Current sink

Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 3

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5- 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC)
2 standard compliant) PNP any type, page 73

Dielectric strength 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1

min.
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Paralleling of inputs(1) Yes

Sensor voltage: OK > 18 VDC

monitoring threshold
Error < 14 VDC
Sensor voltage: On appearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
monitoring response
time at 24 V (-15% ... On disappearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
+20%)

Power consumption 3.3 Typical 76 mA

V
Maximum 107 mA
Sensor supply Typical 46 mA
consumption
Maximum 73 mA
Power dissipation 2.5 W max.

(1) This characteristic is used to connect several inputs to the same module in parallel or to different
modules for input redundancy.

35012474.20 87
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules

NOTE: For the BMX DDI 1602H, confirm that the maximum value of the
sensor power supply does not exceed 26.4 V when operated at 70 °C (158 °
F).

WARNING
OVERHEATING MODULE
Do not operate the BMX DDI 1602H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power
supply is greater than 26.4 V or less than 21.1 V.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDI 1602 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the
connection of sixteen input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).

88 35012474.20
BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.

power supply: 24 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A

35012474.20 89
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 1602 Input Modules

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected
in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module
configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor
power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 285.
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and
the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last
recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

90 35012474.20
BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction...................................................................................................91
Characteristics ..............................................................................................91
Connecting the Module ..................................................................................93

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDI 1603 module, its characteristics, and explains
how it is connected to the various sensors.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DDI 1603 module is a 48 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin
terminal block. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 16 input channels receive
current from the sensors.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDI 1603H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DDI 1603 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in
harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 1603 and
BMX DDI 1603H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.

35012474.20 91
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules

For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 1603 and BMX
DDI 1603H modules:

Module type 48 VDC positive logic inputs

Operating temperature BMX DDI 1603 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

BMX DDI 1603H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Nominal input values Voltage 48 VDC

Current 2.5 mA
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 34 V

Current > 2 mA (for U ≥ 34 V)

At 0 Voltage 10 V

Current < 0.5 mA

Sensor supply 36...60 V
(including ripple)

Input impedance At nominal U 19.2 kΩ

Response time Typical 4 ms

Maximum 7 ms
Reliability MTBF for continuous 738 749
operation in hours at
ambient temperature
(30°C) (86°F)

Reverse polarity Protected

Fuse type Internal None

External Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Input type Current sink

Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 1

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947- 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP
5-2 standard compliant) any type, page 73

Dielectric strength 1 500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1

min.
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Paralleling of inputs(1) Yes

Sensor voltage: monitoring OK > 36 VDC

threshold
Error < 24 VDC
Sensor voltage: monitoring On appearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
response time at 24 V (-15% ...
+20%) On disappearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms

Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 76 mA

Maximum 107 mA
Sensor supply consumption Typical 47 mA

Maximum 60 mA
Power dissipation 3.6 W max.

(1) This characteristic is used to connect several inputs to the same module in parallel or to different
modules for input redundancy.

92 35012474.20
BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

NOTE: For the BMX DDI 1603H, the maximum value of the sensor power
supply must not exceed 52.8 V when operated at 70 °C (158 °F).

WARNING
OVERHEATING MODULE
Do not operate the BMX DDI 1603H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power
supply is greater than 52.8 V or less than 42.2 V.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDI 1603 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the
connection of sixteen input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).

35012474.20 93
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.

power supply: 48 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A

94 35012474.20
BMX DDI 1603 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected
in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module
configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor
power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 285.
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and
the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last
recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

35012474.20 95
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules

BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction...................................................................................................96
Characteristics ..............................................................................................96
Connecting the Module ..................................................................................98

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDI 1604T module, its characteristics, and
explains how it is connected to the various sensors.
NOTE: There is no H version of this module.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DDI 1604T module is a 125 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-
pin terminal block. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 16 input channels
receive current from the sensors.
NOTE: BMX DDI 1604T provides an extended temperature range, as listed in
the General Characteristics, page 97 topic of this chapter.

Illustration

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the module BMX DDI 1604T for use
at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the module operates above 2000 m (6560
ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

96 35012474.20
BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 1604T module:

Module type 125 VDC positive logic inputs

Operating temperature -25...70 °C (-13...158 °F)

Temperature derating Apply the temperature

derating curve (see the graph
below the table).

Nominal input values Voltage 125 VDC

Current 2.4 mA
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 88 VDC

Current > 2 mA (for U ≥ 88 V)

At 0 Voltage 36 VDC

Current < 0.5 mA

Sensor supply (including 100...150 V (156 V including
ripple for standard ripple)
module)

Input impedance At nominal U 50 kΩ

Response time Typical 5 ms

Maximum 9 ms
Reliability MTBF for continuous 888 402
operation in hours at
ambient temperature 30
°C (86 °F)

Reverse polarity Protected

Fuse type Internal None

External Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Dielectric strength 2500 VDC for 1 min.

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Type of input Current sink

Paralleling of inputs Yes

Sensor voltage: monitoring I/O LED off > 100 VDC

threshold
I/O LED on < 80 VDC
Sensor voltage: monitoring On appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
response time at 125 VDC (-20% ...
+20%) On disappearance 1 ms < T < 5 ms

Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 76 mA

Maximum 107 mA
Sensor supply consumption Typical 1.85 W

4-channel at 70°C Maximum 2.85 W

Sensor supply consumption Typical 3.07 W

8-channel at 60°C Maximum 4.61 W

Sensor supply consumption Typical 4.29 W

12-channel at 50°C Maximum 6.37 W

Sensor supply consumption Typical 5.51 W

16-channel at -25...40°C Maximum 8.13 W

Power dissipation 3.2 W max. at 70 °C
5.0 W max. at 60 °C
6.7 W max. at 50 °C

35012474.20 97
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules

8.5 W max. at 40 °C
Input operating voltage range 88...150 VDC

Maximum input voltage 156 VDC (including ripple)

The following graph shows the temperature derating of BMX DDI 1604T.

NOTE: For the BMX DDI 1604T, the maximum value of the sensor power
supply must not exceed 150 V when operated at 70 °C (158 °F).

WARNING
OVERHEATING MODULE
Do not operate the BMX DDI 1604T at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power
supply is greater than 150 V or less than 100 V.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDI 1604T module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for
the connection of sixteen input channels.

98 35012474.20
BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

35012474.20 99
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.

Fuse Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected
in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module
configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor
power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 285.
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and
the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.

100 35012474.20
BMX DDI 1604T Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last
recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

35012474.20 101
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules

BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 102
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 102
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 104

This section presents the BMX DDI 3203 module, its characteristics, and explains
how it is connected to the various sensors.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DDI 3203 module is a 48 VDC discrete module connected via a 40-pin
terminal block. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 32-input channels receive
current from the sensors.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDI 3203H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DDI 3203 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in
harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 3203 and
BMX DDI 3203H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

102 35012474.20
BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 3203 and BMX
DDI 3203H modules.

Module type 48 VDC positive logic inputs

Operating BMX DDI 3203 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

temperature
BMX DDI 3203 H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Nominal input values Voltage 48 VDC

Current 2.3 mA
Threshold input At 1 Voltage ≥ 30 V
values
Current > 2 mA (for U ≥ 30 V)

At 0 Voltage ≤ 10 V

Current < 1.5 mA (for U ≤ 10 V)

Sensor supply 38...60 V

(including ripple)

Input impedance at nominal U 20.96 kΩ

Response time typical 4 ms

maximum 7 ms
Reliability MTBF in hours at 706 489
ambient
temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)

Reverse polarity Protected

Fuse type Internal None

External Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Input type Current sink

Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 Type 3

standard
2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type, page
compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard 73
compliant)

Dielectric strength Primary/Secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

Between channel 500 VDC

groups

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Paralleling of inputs(1) Yes

Sensor voltage: OK > 36 VDC

monitoring threshold
Error < 24 VDC

Sensor voltage: on appearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms

monitoring response
time at 24 V (-15% ... on disappearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
+20%)

Power consumption Typical 100 mA

3.3 V
Maximum 130 mA
Power consumption Typical 110 mA
24 V
Maximum 125 mA
Sensor supply Typical 4.6 mA
consumption(2)
Maximum 5.2 mA
Power dissipation 6 W max.

35012474.20 103
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules

Temperature derating for BMX DDI 3203 None

(1) This characteristic is used to connect several inputs to the same module in parallel or to different
modules for input redundancy.

(2) The BMX DDI 3203(H) module has a maximum value of 52.8 V when operated above 60 ºC
(140 ºF).

WARNING
OVERHEATING MODULE
Do not operate the BMX DDI 3203 H above 60 °C (140 °F) if the sensor power
supply is greater than 52.8 V.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDI 3203 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the
connection of thirty-two input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).
Fuse Sensor supply and
voltage monitoring
+

Sensor

Input %I(0..n)

Entry Module

104 35012474.20
BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

The following diagram shows the connection of the sensors to the module.
Run Err I/O
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 I0
2 I1
I2
3
I3
4
5 I4
I5
6
7 I6
I7
8
9 I8
I9
10
11 I10
I11
12
I12
13
I13
14
15 I14
I15
16
17
SPS 1+ SPS 1-
18
19 1
SPS 1-
20
SPS 1+
21 I16
I17 2
22
I18
23
I19
24
I20
25
I21
26
27 I22
I23
28
29 I24
I25
30
I26
31
I27
32
33 I28
I29
34
35 I30
I31
36
SPS 2+
37 SPS 2-
38
39 1
SPS 2-
40
SPS 2+
2

1 fast blow fuse of 0.5A

2 Sensor power supply (SPS) 48 VDC

35012474.20 105
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3203 Input Modules

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected
in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module
configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor
power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 285.
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and
the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last
recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

106 35012474.20
BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 107
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 107
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 109

This section presents the BMX DDI 3232 module, its characteristics, and explains
how it is connected to the various sensors.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DDI 3232 module is a 12 VDC/24 VDC discrete module connected via a
40-pin terminal block. It is a positive or negative logic (sink or source) module: its
32-input channels receive current from the sensors.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDI 3232H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DDI 3232 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in
harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 3232 and
BMX DDI 3232H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

35012474.20 107
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 3232 and
BMX DDI 3232H modules.

Module type 12 VDC/24 VDC positive or negative

logic inputs

Operating BMX DDI 3232 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

temperature
BMX DDI 3232H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Nominal input values Voltage 12 VDC/24 VDC

Current 3.3 mA
Threshold input At 1 Voltage ≥ 10 V (sink) or ≤ –10 V (source)
values
Current ≥ 2 mA
At 0 Voltage ≤ 5 V (sink) or ≥ -5 V (source)

Current ≤ 1.5 mA
Sensor supply 10.8V...30V
(including ripple for
standard module)

Input impedance At nominal U 7.27 kΩ

Response time Typical 4 ms

Maximum 7 ms
Reliability MTBF in hours at 700 785
ambient
temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)

Reverse polarity Protected

Fuse type Internal None

External 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Input type Current sink/source

IEC 61131-2 compliance (24 VDC input) Type 3

IEC 61131-2 compliance (12 VDC input) —

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC), page 73
compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard
compliant)

Dielectric strength Primary/Secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

Between channel 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

groups

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Paralleling of inputs(1) Yes

Sensor voltage: OK > 19VDC

monitoring threshold
Error < 14 VDC
Sensor voltage: On appearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
monitoring response
time at 24 V (-15% ... On disappearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
+20%)

Power consumption Typical 100 mA

3.3 V
Maximum 130 mA
Power consumption Typical 7.6mA
24 V
Maximum 11.5 mA
Sensor supply Typical 110 mA
consumption(2)
Maximum 125 mA

108 35012474.20
BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Power dissipation 4.7 W max.

Temperature derating for BMX DDI 3203 None

(1) This characteristic is used to connect several inputs to the same module in parallel or to different
modules for input redundancy.

NOTE: The power monitoring is effective only when the group input shares the
same power supply. The module is able to customize sink/source by channel
in case the power supply monitor function is disabled. Refer to the topic , page
110for additional information about usage of the power monitoring function
and power supply connections.
NOTE: Confirm that the sensor power supply function is disabled in a 12 VDC
application.

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDI 3232 is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the
connection of thirty-two input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).
Fuse Sensor supply and
voltage monitoring
+

Sensor

Input %I(0..n)

Entry Module

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (negative logic).

35012474.20 109
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules

Sensor supply and

voltage monitoring
-

Sensor

Input %I(0..n)

Fuse +

Entry Module

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE
• Do not connect SPS 1 or SPS 2 terminal to more than one power supply.
• In case of multiple power supplies in the same group of channels, disconnect
SPS 1 or SPS 2 terminal and disable the power supply monitoring function.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

The following diagrams show the connection of the module to the sensors:

110 35012474.20
BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Positive logic (sink) Negative logic (source)

Run Err I/O Run Err I/O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 I0 1 I0
2 I1 2 I1
I2 I2
3 3
I3 I3
4 4
5 I4 5 I4
I5 I5
6 6
7 I6 7 I6
I7 I7
8 8
9 I8 9 I8
I9 I9
10 10
11 I10 11 I10
I11 I11
12 12
I12 I12
13 13
I13 I13
14 14
15 I14 15 I14
I15 I15
16 16
17 17
SPS 1 Com 1 SPS 1 Com 1
18 18
19 1 19 1
Com 1 Com 1
20 20
SPS 1 I16 SPS 1 I16
21 21
I17 2 I17 2
22 22
I18 I18
23 23
I19 I19
24 24
I20 I20
25 25
I21 I21
26 26
27 I22 27 I22
I23 I23
28 28
29 I24 29 I24
I25 I25
30 30
I26 I26
31 31
I27 I27
32 32
33 I28 33 I28
I29 I29
34 34
35 I30 35 I30
I31 I31
36 36
SPS 2
37 Com 2 SPS 2
37 Com 2
38 38
39 1 39 1
Com 2 Com 2
40 40
SPS 2 SPS 2
2 2

1 fast blow fuse of 0.5A

2 Sensor power supply (SPS) 12 VDC/24 VDC

35012474.20 111
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules

The following diagram shows an example of mixed sink/source input:

Run Err I/O
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 I0
2 I1
I2
3
I3
4
5 I4
I5 1
6
7 I6
I7
8
9 I8 2
I9
10
11 I10
I11
12
I12 1
13
I13
14
15 I14
I15 2
16
17 Com 1
SPS 1
18
SPS 1
19 Com 1
20
21 I16
I17
22
I18
23
I19
24
I20
25
I21
26
27 I22
I23 1
28
29 I24
I25
30
I26
31 2
I27
32
33 I28 1
I29
34
35 I30
I31
36 2
37
Com 2
38 SPS 2
39
Com 2
40 SPS 2

1 fast blow fuse of 0.5A

2 Sensor power supply (SPS) 12 VDC/24 VDC
NOTE: In the above example, inputs of group 1 are in positive or negative
logic (sink or source), whereas inputs of group 2 are only in positive logic
(sink). SPS 1 and SPS 2 terminals are not connected and power supply
monitoring should be disabled for both groups.

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected
in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module
configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor
power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

112 35012474.20
BMX DDI 3232 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 285.
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and
the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last
recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

35012474.20 113
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules

BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 114
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 115
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 116

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAI 1602 module, its characteristics, and explains
how it is connected to the various sensors.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DAI 1602 module is a 24 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin
terminal block. This module has 16 input channels that operate on alternating
current.
This module can also be used with 24 VDC, with positive or negative logic.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAI 1602H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DAI 1602 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in
harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

114 35012474.20
BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 1602 and
BMX DAI 1602H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 1602 and BMX
DAI 1602H modules:

BMX DAI 1602(H) Module 24 VAC inputs 24 VDC inputs

Nominal input values Voltage 24 VAC 24 VDC

Current 3 mA 3.9 mA
Frequency 50/60Hz (n/a)

Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 15 V ≥ 15 V

Current ≥ 2 mA ≥ 2 mA
At 0 Voltage ≤5V ≤5V

Current ≤ 1 mA ≤ 0.5 mA
Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz (n/a)

Sensor supply (including 20...26 V 19...30 V

ripple)

Peak of current on enabling 5 mA (n/a)

(at nominal U)

Input impedance At nominal U and f = 55 Hz 6 kΩ

Response time Activation 15 ms

Deactivation 20 ms
Input type Resistive

Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 1 (n/a)

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947- 2-wire (AC), 2-wire (DC),
5-2 standard compliant) page 73 and 3-wire (DC)
any type, page
73
Reliability MTBF for continuous 1 307 702
operation in hours at ambient
temperature 30 °C (86 °F)

Dielectric strength 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Fuse type Internal None

External Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A

Sensor voltage: OK > 18 V

monitoring threshold
Error < 14 V
Sensor voltage: On appearance 20 ms < T < 50 ms
monitoring response time
at 24 V (-15% ... +20%) On disappearance 5 ms < T < 15 ms

Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 76 mA

Maximum 107 mA

35012474.20 115
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules

BMX DAI 1602(H) Module 24 VAC inputs 24 VDC inputs

Sensor supply Typical 1.45 mA

consumption
Maximum 1.8 mA
Power dissipation 3 W max.

Operating temperature BMX DAI 1602 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

BMX DAI 1602H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAI 1602 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the
connection of sixteen input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.

116 35012474.20
BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Module Connection (AC Power Supply)

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors, using
an AC power supply.

power supply: 24 VAC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A

35012474.20 117
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1602 Input Modules

Module Connection (DC Power Supply)

This module can also be used with 24 VDC, with positive or negative logic.

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors, using a DC power supply.

power supply: 24 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A

118 35012474.20
BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 119
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 119
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 121

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAI 1603 module, its characteristics, and explains
how it is connected to the various sensors.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DAI 1603 module is a 48 VAC discrete module connected via a 20-pin
terminal block. This module has 16 input channels that operate on alternating
current.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAI 1603H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DAI 1603 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in
harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 1603 and
BMX DAI 1603H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.

35012474.20 119
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules

For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 1603 and BMX
DAI 1603H modules:

Module type 48 VAC inputs

Operating temperature BMX DAI 1603 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

BMX DAI 1603H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Nominal input values Voltage 48 VAC

Current 5 mA
Frequency 50/60Hz

Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 34 V

Current ≥ 2 mA
At 0 Voltage ≤ 10 V

Current ≤ 1 mA
Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz

Sensor supply (including 40...52 V

ripple)

Peak of current on enabling 95 mA

(at nominal U)

Input impedance At nominal U and f = 55 Hz 9 kΩ

Response time Activation 10 ms

Deactivation 20 ms
Input type Capacitive

Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 3

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5- 2-wire (AC), page 73
2 standard compliant)

Reliability MTBF for continuous 1 303 645

operation in hours at
ambient temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)

Dielectric strength 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1

min.
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Fuse type Internal None

External Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A

Sensor voltage: monitoring OK > 36 V

threshold
Error < 24 V
Sensor voltage: monitoring On appearance 20 ms < T < 50 ms
response time at 24 V (-15%
... +20%) On disappearance 5 ms < T < 15 ms

Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 76 mA

Maximum 107 mA
Sensor supply consumption Typical 466 mA

Maximum 846 mA
Power dissipation 4 W max.

120 35012474.20
BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAI 1603 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the
connection of sixteen input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

35012474.20 121
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1603 Input Modules

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.

power supply: 48 VAC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A

122 35012474.20
BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 123
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 123
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 125

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAI 1604 module, its characteristics, and explains
how it is connected to the various sensors.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DAI 1604 module is a 100...120 VAC discrete module connected via a
20-pin terminal block. This module has 16 input channels that operate on
alternating current.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAI 1604H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DAI 1604 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in
harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAO 1604 and
BMX DAO 1604H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.

35012474.20 123
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules

For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAO 1604 and BMX
DAO 1604H modules:

Module type 100...120 VAC inputs

Operating temperature BMX DAI 1604 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

BMX DAI 1604H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Nominal input values Voltage 100...120 VAC

Current 5 mA
Frequency 50/60Hz

Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 74 V

Current ≥ 2.5 mA
At 0 Voltage ≤ 20 V

Current ≤ 1 mA
Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz

Sensor supply (including 85...132 V

ripple)

Peak of current on enabling 240 mA

(at nominal U)

Input impedance at nominal U and f = 55 Hz 13 kΩ

Response time Activation 10 ms

Deactivation 20 ms
Input type Capacitive

Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 3

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 2-wire (AC), page 73
standard compliant)

Reliability MTBF for continuous 1 303 067

operation in hours at ambient
temperature 30 °C (86 °F)

Dielectric strength 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1

min.
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Fuse type Internal None

External Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Sensor voltage: monitoring OK > 82 V
threshold
Error < 40 V
Sensor voltage: monitoring on appearance 20 ms < T < 50 ms
response time at 24 V (-15% ...
+20%) on disappearance 5 ms < T < 15 ms

Power consumption 3.3 V typical 76 mA

maximum 107 mA
Sensor supply consumption typical 228 mA

maximum 510 mA
Power dissipation 3.8 W max.

124 35012474.20
BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAI 1604 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the
connection of sixteen input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

35012474.20 125
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1604 Input Modules

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.

power supply: 100...120 VAC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A

126 35012474.20
BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 127
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 128
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 130

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 16142 module, their
characteristics, and explains how they are connected to the various sensors.

Introduction
Function of the BMX DAI 1614 Module
The BMX DAI 1614 module is a 100...120 VAC discrete module connected via a
40-pin terminal block. This module has 16 input isolated channels that operate on
alternating current.
NOTE: Using the BMX DAI 1614 module in an X80 remote drop requires to
use an adapter module BM• CRA 312•• module with firmware version SV2.31
or any subsequent supporting version(s).

Function of the BMX DAI 16142 Module

The BMX DAI 16142 module is a fine-tuned version of BMX DAI 1614 but with
most of its features. BMX DAI 16142 is at the same threshold level as the existing
Quantum modules at 60 Hz 100...120 VAC, which is intended to cover the
upgrade need of Quantum installed base.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAI 1614H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DAI 1614 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in
harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

35012474.20 127
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 1614, BMX
DAI 1614H, and BMX DAI 16142 for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When
the modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 1614 and BMX
DAI 1614H modules:

Module type 100...120 VAC inputs

Operating temperature BMX DAI 1614 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

BMX DAI 1614H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Nominal input values Voltage 100...120 VAC

Current 10.1 mA (max) @ 47...53 Hz

11.9 mA (max) @ 57...63 Hz

Frequency 50/60Hz

Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 79 V

Current ≥ 2 mA
At 0 Voltage ≤ 20 V

Current ≤ 1 mA
Frequency 47...63 Hz

Peak of current on 190 mA

enabling (at
nominal U)

Max channel input voltage 132 Vrms @ 63 Hz

Input impedance at nominal U and f 14 kΩ

= 55 Hz
Response time Activation 10 ms
Deactivation 20 ms
Input type Capacitive

Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 1

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 2-wire (AC), page 73

60947-5-2 standard compliant)

Reliability MTBF for 970 000

continuous
operation in hours
at ambient
temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)

Fuse type Internal None

External Fast blow fuse of 0.25 A
Dielectric strength Channel to X-bus 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

Channel to channel 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

Resistance of insulation Channel to X-bus >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Channel to channel >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

128 35012474.20
BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Sensor voltage: monitoring OK > 85 V

threshold
Error < 40 V
Sensor voltage: monitoring on appearance 20 ms < T < 50 ms
response time at 24 V (-15% ...
+20%) on disappearance 5 ms < T < 15 ms

Power consumption 3.3 V typical 76 mA

maximum 126 mA
Open wire detection: current Ok > 0.3 mA
threshold
Error < 0.2 mA
Open wire shunt resistor recommendation 200 KΩ (1W)
NOTE: The external shunt resistor is only required
when the leakage current of the sensor (at OFF
state) is less than 0.3 mA. Detailed resistor
calculation is provided in the section Open Wire
Detection Function, page 132.

Power dissipation 4.3 W max.

This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 16142 module:

Module type 100...120 VAC inputs

Operating temperature BMX DAI 16142 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

Nominal input values Voltage 100...120 VAC

Current 10.1 mA (max) @ 47...53 Hz

11.9 mA (max) @ 57...63 Hz

Frequency 50/60Hz

Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 85 V @ 47...53 Hz

≥ 70 V @ 57...63 Hz

Current ≥ 4 mA
At 0 Voltage ≤ 55 V @ 47...53 Hz

≤ 48 V @ 57...63 Hz

Current ≤ 3 mA
Frequency 47...63 Hz

Peak of current on 190 mA

enabling (at
nominal U)

Max channel input voltage 132 Vrms @ 63 Hz

Input impedance at nominal U 13.0 to 16.2 kΩ @ 47...53 Hz

11.0 to 13.4 kΩ @ 57...63 Hz

Response time Activation 21 ms

Deactivation 35 ms
Input type Capacitive

Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard No type @ 47...53 Hz

Type 1 @ 57...63 Hz

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 2-wire (AC), page 73

60947-5-2 standard compliant)

Reliability MTBF for 970 000

continuous
operation in hours
at ambient
temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)

Fuse type Internal None

External Fast blow fuse of 0.25 A

35012474.20 129
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules

Dielectric strength Channel to X-bus 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

Channel to channel 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

Resistance of insulation Channel to X-bus > 10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Channel to channel > 10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Sensor voltage: monitoring OK > 98 V @ 47...53 Hz

threshold
> 85 V @ 57...63 Hz

Error < 40 V
Sensor voltage: monitoring on appearance 20 ms < T < 50 ms
response time at 24 V (-15% ...
+20%) on disappearance 5 ms < T < 15 ms

Power consumption 3.3 V typical 76 mA

maximum 126 mA
Open wire detection: current Ok > 0.3 mA
threshold
Error < 0.2 mA
Open wire shunt resistor recommendation 200 KΩ (1W)
NOTE: The external shunt resistor is only required
when the leakage current of the sensor (at OFF
state) is less than 0.3 mA. Detailed resistor
calculation is provided in the section Open Wire
Detection Function, page 132.

Power dissipation 4.3 W max.

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 16142 modules are fitted with a removable 40-
pin terminal block for the connection of 16 input channels.

130 35012474.20
BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
• Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
• Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before touching the shunt
resistor for open wire detection.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

35012474.20 131
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules

The following diagram shows the connection of the sensors to the module.

1 External resistor for open wire detection function (see detail below)
2 fast blow fuse of 0.25A
AC+ Input pin for IO supply monitoring function on channel 15 (see detail below)
NC not connected
Power supply: 100...120 Vac
NOTE: The maximum input voltage is 132 Vrms@63 Hz. Any over voltage will
damage the module.

Open Wire Detection Function

The open wire detection function indicates the open wire error by detecting the
leakage current of the sensor. The detection threshold values are given in the
general characteristics table, page 128.
If the leakage current of the sensor (at OFF state) is less than the OK threshold
value (0.3 mA), then the open wire error might be reported even if the wire is not
open. In order to avoid this, an external resistor is required to be added in parallel
with the sensor. Refer to the module connection, page 131.
The recommended value for the external shunt resistor is 200 kΩ (1 W).

132 35012474.20
BMX DAI 1614 / BMX DAI 16142 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Anyhow the maximum and minimum allowed for the external resistor can be
calculated according the following method:

UMIN is 85% of the nominal voltage according to IEC norm.

IDETECT_OK = 0.3 mA
ZDAI_MAX = 17 kΩ (for 47 Hz) or 14 kΩ (for 57 Hz)

UMAX is 110% of the nominal voltage according to the IEC norm.

ITHRESHOLD_OFF = 1 mA (this is the maximum threshold current for digital input
channel at 0).
ZDAI_MIN = 14 kΩ (for 53 Hz) or 12 kΩ (for 63 Hz)
ILEAKAGE_MAX is the maximum leakage current of the sensor at OFF state.
NOTE: Open wire detection limitations:
• If the external resistor value is greater than the maximum calculated
resistance REXT_MAX, the open wire error might be reported even if the
wire is not open.
• If the external resistor value is less than the minimum calculated
resistance REXT_MIN, the corresponding digital input channel might see
sensor state at 1 even if the sensor state is 0.
• If the supply monitoring function is active (see the description below) and
there is a loss of IO power supply, the open wire detection fault is not
refreshed in Control Expert.

Supply Monitoring Function

The BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 16142 modules are a channel-to-channel
isolated module, 16 channels get 16 common pins.
The module terminal block has only one supply monitor input (AC+) and its
common pin is shared with the channel 15.
To extend the supply monitoring function to other channels, the common of the
channel 15 needs to be connected to the common pins of the other channels. In
consequence the channel-to-channel isolation will be given up.
By default the supply monitoring function is inactive. Refer to the chapter
Configuration, page 279 for detailed information.
The IO supply state is monitored as follows:
• When the IO supply is higher than 85 Vac, the EXT_PS_FLT bit is at 0 which
means IO power supply is ok.
• When the IO supply is lower than 40 Vac, the EXT_PS_FLT bit is at 1 which
means a detected error on IO power supply. All channel input values are
forced to 0.

35012474.20 133
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules

BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 134
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 135
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 136

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAI 1615 module, its characteristics, and explains
how it is connected to the various sensors.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DAI 1615 module is a 200...240 VAC discrete module connected via a
40-pin terminal block. This module has 16 isolated input channels that operate on
alternating current.
NOTE: Using the BMX DAI 1615 module in an X80 remote drop requires to
use an adapter module BM• CRA 312•• module with firmware version SV2.31
or any subsequent supporting version(s).

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAI 1615H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DAI 1615 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures and in
harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

134 35012474.20
BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 1615 and
BMX DAI 1615H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 1615 and BMX
DAI 1615H module:

Module type 200...240 VAC inputs

Operating BMX DAI 1615 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

temperature
BMX DAI 1615H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Nominal input values Voltage 200...240 VAC

Current 9.7 mA (max) @ 47...53 Hz

11.5 mA (max) @ 57...63 Hz

Frequency 50/60Hz

Threshold input At 1 Voltage ≥ 164 V

values
Current ≥ 3 mA
At 0 Voltage ≤ 40 V

Current ≤ 2 mA
Frequency 47...63 Hz

Peak of current on enabling (at nominal 380 mA

U)

Input impedance at nominal U and f = 55 Hz 30 kΩ

Max channel input voltage 264 Vrms @ 63 Hz

Response time Activation 10 ms

Deactivation 20 ms
Input type Capacitive

Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 1

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 2-wire (AC), page 73
standard compliant)

Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours 970 000

at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F)

Fuse type Internal None

External Fast blow fuse of 0.25 A
Dielectric strength Channel to X-bus 1780 V rms, 50 / 60 Hz for 1
min.
Channel to channel 1780 V rms, 50 / 60 Hz for 1
min.
Resistance of Channel to X-bus >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)
insulation
Channel to channel >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Sensor voltage: OK > 170 V

monitoring threshold
Error < 80 V

35012474.20 135
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules

Sensor voltage: on appearance 20 ms < T < 50 ms

monitoring response
time on disappearance 5 ms < T < 15 ms

Power consumption typical 76 mA

3.3 V
maximum 126 mA
Open wire detection: Ok > 0.3 mA
current threshold
Erro < 0.2 mA
Open wire shunt resistor recommendation 200 KΩ (1W)
NOTE: The external shunt resistor is only required when the
leakage current of the sensor (at OFF state) is less than 0.3
mA. Detailed resistor calculation is provided in the section
Open Wire Detection Function, page 138.

Power dissipation 4.3 W max.

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAI 1615 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for the
connection of input channels.

136 35012474.20
BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
• Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
• Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before touching the shunt
resistor for open wire detection.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

35012474.20 137
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules

The following diagram shows the connection of the sensors to the module.

1 External resistor for open wire detection function (see detail below)
2 fast blow fuse of 0.25 A
AC+ Input pin for IO supply monitoring function on channel 15 (see detail below)
NC not connected
Power supply: 220...240 Vac
NOTE: The maximum input voltage is 264 Vrms@63 Hz. Any over voltage will
damage the module.

Open Wire Detection Function

The open wire detection function indicates the open wire error by detecting the
leakage current of the sensor. The detection threshold values are given in the
general characteristics table, page 135.
If the leakage current of the sensor (at OFF state) is less than the OK threshold
value (0.3 mA), then the open wire error might be reported even if the wire is not
open. In order to avoid this, an external resistor is required to be added in parallel
with the sensor. Refer to the module connection, page 137.
The recommended value for the external shunt resistor is 200 kΩ (1 W).

138 35012474.20
BMX DAI 1615 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Anyhow the maximum and minimum allowed for the external resistor can be
calculated according the following method:

UMIN is 85% of the nominal voltage according to IEC norm.

IDETECT_OK = 0.3 mA
ZDAI_MAX = 39 kΩ (for 47 Hz) or 32 kΩ (for 57 Hz)

UMAX is 110% of the nominal voltage according to the IEC norm.

ITHRESHOLD_OFF = 2 mA (this is the maximum threshold current for digital input
channel at 0).
ZDAI_MIN = 28 kΩ (for 53 Hz) or 24 kΩ (for 63 Hz)
ILEAKAGE_MAX is the maximum leakage current of the sensor at OFF state.
NOTE: Open wire detection limitations:
• If the external resistor value is greater than the maximum calculated
resistance REXT_MAX, the open wire error might be reported even if the
wire is not open.
• If the external resistor value is less than the minimum calculated
resistance REXT_MIN, the corresponding digital input channel might see
sensor state at 1 even if the sensor state is 0.
• If the supply monitoring function is active (see the description below) and
there is a loss of IO power supply, the open wire detection fault is not
refreshed in Control Expert.

Supply Monitoring Function

The BMXDAI1615 module is a channel-to-channel isolated module, 16 channels
get 16 common pins.
The module terminal block has only one supply monitor input (AC+) and its
common pin is shared with the channel 15.
To extend the supply monitoring function to other channels, the common of the
channel 15 needs to be connected to the common pins of the other channels. In
consequence the channel-to-channel isolation will be given up.
By default the supply monitoring function is inactive. Refer to the chapter
Configuration, page 279 for detailed information.
The IO supply state is monitored as follows:
• When the IO supply is higher than 170 Vac, the EXT_PS_FLT bit is at 0 which
means IO power supply is ok.
• When the IO supply is lower than 80 Vac, the EXT_PS_FLT bit is at 1 which
means a detected error on IO power supply. All channel input values are
forced to 0.

35012474.20 139
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules

BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 140
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 140
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 142

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAI 0805 module, its characteristics, and explains
how it is connected to the various sensors.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DAI 0805 module is a 200...240 VAC discrete module connected via a
20-pin terminal block. This module has 8 input channels that operate on
alternating current.

Illustration

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAI 0805 for use
at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules operate above 2000 m (6560
ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 0805 module:

140 35012474.20
BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Module type 200...240 VAC inputs

Operating temperature BMX DAI 0805 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

Absolute maximum input Continuous 264 VAC

10s 300 VAC
1 cycle 400 VAC

Nominal input values Voltage 200...240 VAC

Current 10.40 mA (for U=220 V at 50

Hz)

Frequency 50/60Hz

Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 159 V

Current > 6 mA (for U=159)

At 0 Voltage ≤ 40 V

Current ≤ 4 mA
Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz

Sensor supply (including ripple) 170...264 V

Peak of current on enabling (at 480 mA

nominal U)

Input impedance at nominal U and f = 55 Hz 21 kΩ

Response time Activation 10 ms

Deactivation 20 ms
Input type Capacitive

Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 2

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 2-wire (AC), page 73
standard compliant)

Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in 1 730 522

hours at ambient temperature 30 °
C (86 °F)

Fuse type Internal None

External Fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
Dielectric strength 1500 V rms, 50 / 60 Hz for 1
min.
Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Sensor voltage: OK > 164 V

monitoring threshold
Error < 80 V
Sensor voltage: on appearance 20 ms < T < 50 ms
monitoring response
time on disappearance 5 ms < T < 15 ms

Power consumption 3.3 V typical 76 mA

maximum 126 mA
Sensor supply typical 93.60 mA
consumption
maximum 154.80 mA
Power dissipation 4.73 W max.

35012474.20 141
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAI 0805 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the
connection of eight input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

142 35012474.20
BMX DAI 0805 Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.

power supply: 200...240 VAC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5A

35012474.20 143
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 0814 Input Module

BMX DAI 0814 Input Module

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 144
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 144
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 146

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAI 0814 module, its characteristics, and explains
how it is connected to the various sensors.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DAI 0814 module is a 100...120 Vac discrete module connected via a
20-pin terminal block. The module has 8 isolated input channels that operate on
alternating current.

Illustration

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the module BMXDAI0814 for use at
altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the module operates above 2000 m (6560
ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to the Operating and Storage Conditions topic in the
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications user
guide (https://www.se.com/us/en/download/document/EIO0000002726/).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAI 0814 module:

144 35012474.20
BMX DAI 0814 Input Module Discrete Input/Output Modules

Module type 100...120 Vac inputs

Operating temperature 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

Nominal input values Voltage 100...120 Vac

Current 5 mA
Frequency 50/60Hz

Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 74 V

Current ≥ 2.5 mA
At 0 Voltage ≤ 20 V

Current ≤ 1 mA
Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz

Sensor supply (including ripple) 85...132 V

Peak of current on enabling (at 240 mA

nominal U)

Input impedance at nominal U and f = 55 Hz 13 kΩ

Response time Activation 10 ms

Deactivation 20 ms
Input type Capacitive

Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 3

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947- 2-wire (AC), page 73
5-2 standard compliant)

Reliability MTBF for continuous operation 1700000

in hours at ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)

Fuse type Internal None

External Fast blow fuse of 0.25 A
Power consumption 3.3 V typical 61 mA

maximum 112 mA
Dielectric strength Channel to Bus 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

Channel to Channel 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

Resistance of Channel to Bus >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

insulation
Channel to Channel >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Power dissipation 2.35 W max.

35012474.20 145
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAI 0814 Input Module

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAI 0814 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the
connection of eight input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current input.

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

146 35012474.20
BMX DAI 0814 Input Module Discrete Input/Output Modules

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct type of fuse with the correct rating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

The following diagram shows the connection of the sensors to the module.

power supply: 100...120 VAC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.25A
NC not connected

35012474.20 147
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules

BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 148
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 149
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 150

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDI 3202 K module, its characteristics and
explains how it is connected to the various sensors.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DDI 3202 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 40-pin
connector. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 32 input channels receive
current from the sensors.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDI 3202KH (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DDI 3202K (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures
and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

148 35012474.20
BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 3202K and
BMX DDI 3202KH for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 3202 K and BMX
DDI 3202 KH modules.

Module type 24 VDC positive logic inputs

Operating BMX DDI 3202 K 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

temperature
BMX DDI 3202 KH -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Nominal input values Voltage 24 VDC

Current 2.5 mA
Threshold input At 1 Voltage ≥ 11 V
values
Current > 2 mA (for U ≥ 11 V)

At 0 Voltage 5V

Current < 0.5 mA

Sensor supply 19...30 V (possible up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour/
(including ripple) day)

Input impedance at nominal U 9.6 kΩ

Response time typical 4 ms

maximum 7 ms
Input type Current sink

Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 Type 1

standard
Reverse polarity Protected

Fuse type Internal None

External 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for each 16-channel group

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type, page
compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard 73
compliant)

Dielectric strength Primary/Secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

Between channel 500 VDC

groups

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Paralleling of inputs No

Reliability MTBF in hours at 696 320

ambient
temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)

Sensor voltage: OK > 18 VDC

monitoring threshold
Error < 14 VDC
Sensor voltage: on appearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
monitoring response

35012474.20 149
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules

time at 24 V (-15% ... on disappearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms

+20%)

Power consumption typical 121 mA

3.3 V
maximum 160 mA
Sensor supply typical 92 mA
consumption
maximum 145 mA
Power dissipation 3.9 W max.

NOTE: For the BMX DDI 3202 KH, confirm that the maximum value of the
sensor power supply does not exceed 26.4 V and the minimum value is not
less than 21.1 V when operated within 60...70 °C (140...158 °F).

WARNING
OVERHEATING MODULE
Do not operate the BMX DDI 3202 KH within 60...70 °C (140...158 °F) if the
sensor power supply is greater than 26.4 V or less than 21.1 V.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDI 3202 K module is fitted with a 40-pin connector for the connection
of thirty-two input channels.

150 35012474.20
BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

35012474.20 151
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.

I0 I1
20
I2 I3
19
I4 I5
Run Err I/O 18
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 I6 I7
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 17
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
I8 I9
16
I10 I11
15
I12 I13
14
I14 I15
13
SPS1+ SPS1-
12 Fuse
SPS1+ SPS1- SPS1+ SPS1-
11
I16 I17
10
I18 I19
9
I20 I21
8
I22 I23
7
I24 I25
6
I26 I27
5
I28 I29
4
I30 I31
3
SPS2+ SPS2-
2 Fuse
SPS2+ SPS2- SPS2+ SPS2-
1

power supply: 24 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for each 16-channel group
SPS: sensor power supply

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected
in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module
configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor
power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 285.
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and
the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.

152 35012474.20
BMX DDI 3202 K Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last
recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

35012474.20 153
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules

BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 154
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 155
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 156

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDI 6402 K module, its characteristics, and
explains how it is connected to the various sensors.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DDI 6402 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via two 40-
pin connectors. It is a positive logic (or sink) module: its 64 input channels receive
current from the sensors.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDI 6402KH (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DDI 6402 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures
and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

154 35012474.20
BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDI 6402K and
BMX DDI 6402KH for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDI 6402 K and BMX
DDI 6402 KH modules.

Module type 24 VDC positive logic inputs

Operating temperature BMX DDI 6402K 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

BMX DDI 6402KH -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Nominal input values Voltage 24 VDC

Current 0.6 mA
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 15 V

At 0 Voltage ≤4V

Sensor supply (including 19...30 V (possible up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour/day)

ripple)

Input impedance at nominal U 40 kΩ

Response time typical 4 ms

maximum 7 ms
Reverse polarity Protected

Fuse type Internal None

External 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for each 16-channel group

Type of input Current sink

Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard No type

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard No compatibility (only 1 contact per sensor allowed)
compliant)

Dielectric strength Primary/Secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min

Between channel groups 500 VDC

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Paralleling of inputs No

Reliability MTBF for continuous 342 216

operation in hours at
ambient temperature 30 °
C (86 °F)

Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold OK > 18 V

Error < 14 V
Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at 24 on appearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms
V (-15% ... +20%)
on disappearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms

Power consumption 3.3 V typical 160 mA

maximum 226 mA
Sensor supply consumption typical 96 mA

35012474.20 155
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules

maximum 125 mA
Power dissipation 4.3 W max.

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDI 6402 K module is fitted with two 40-pin connectors for the
connection of sixty-four input channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).

156 35012474.20
BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

35012474.20 157
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors.

I32 I33
20 I0 I1
20
I34 I35 I3
19 I2
19
I36 I37 I5
18 I4
Run Err I/O +32 18
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I38 I39 I6 I7
17 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
17
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
I40 I41 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 I8 I9
16 16
I42 I43 I10 I11
15 15
I44 I45 I12 I13
14 14
I46 I47 I14 I15
13 13
SPS3+ SPS3- SPS1+ SPS1-
Fuse SPS3+ SPS3- 12 12 Fuse
SPS1+ SPS1-
SPS3+ SPS3- SPS1+ SPS1-
11 11
I48 I49 I16 I17
10 10
I50 I51 I18 I19
9 9
I52 I53 I20 I21
8 8
I54 I55 I22 I23
7 7
I56 I57 I24 I25
6 6
I58 I59 I26 I27
5 5
I60 I61 I28 I29
4 4
I62 I63 I30 I31
3 3
SPS4+ SPS4- SPS2+ SPS2-
Fuse 2 2 Fuse
SPS4+ SPS4- SPS2+ SPS2-
SPS4+ SPS4- SPS2+ SPS2-
1 1

power supply: 24 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for each 16-channel group
SPS: sensor power supply

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected
in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module
configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor
power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

158 35012474.20
BMX DDI 6402 K Input Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 285.
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and
the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last
recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

35012474.20 159
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules

BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 160
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 160
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 162

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDO 1602 module, its characteristics, and
explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DDO 1602 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin
terminal block. It is a positive logic (or source) module: its 16 output channels
provide current to the pre-actuators.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDO 1602H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DDO 1602 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures
and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDO 1602 and
BMX DDO 1602H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.

160 35012474.20
BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDO 1602 and BMX
DDO 1602H modules:

Module type 24 VDC positive logic static

outputs

Operating temperature BMX DDO 1602 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

BMX DDO 1602H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Temperature derating Apply the temperature derating

curve , page 29

Nominal values Voltage 24 VDC

Current 0.5 A
Threshold values Voltage (including ripple) 19...30 V (34 V possible for 1
hour/day)

Current/channel 0.625 A
Current/module 10 A
Power of tungsten filament Maximum 6W
lamp

Leakage current At 0 < 0.5 mA

Voltage drop At 1 < 1.2 V

Load impedance minimum 48 Ω

Response time(1) 1.2 ms

Reliability MTBF for continuous 392 285

operation in hours at
ambient temperature 30 °C
(86°F)

Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI2 Hz

Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 2)

Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs Yes (type 3 and no type)

Built-in protection against over voltage Yes, by Transil diode

against inversions Yes, by inverted diode(2)

against short-circuits and Yes, by current limiter and

overloads electric circuit-breaker 1.5 In <
Id < 2 In
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 6.3 A
Pre-actuator voltage: OK > 18 V
monitoring threshold
Error < 14 V
Pre-actuator voltage: on appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
monitoring response time
on disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms

Power consumption 3.3 V typical 79 mA

maximum 111 mA
24 V pre-actuator consumption typical 23 mA

(excluding load current) maximum 32 mA

Power dissipation 4 W max.

Dielectric strength Output / ground or output / 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1

internal logic min.

35012474.20 161
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnets. Electromagnet
discharge time < L/R.

(2) Provide a fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.

NOTE: For the BMX DDO 1602H, confirm that the maximum pre-actuator
power supply does not exceed 26.4 V and the output current value does not
exceed 0.55 A at 70 °C (158 °F).

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDO 1602 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for
the connection of sixteen output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic).

162 35012474.20
BMX DDO 1602 Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

power supply: 24 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 6.3 A
pre-act: pre-actuator

35012474.20 163
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules

BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 164
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 165
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 166

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDO 1612 module, its characteristics, and
explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DDO 1612 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-pin
terminal block. It is a negative logic (or sink) module: its 16 output channels
receive current from the pre-actuators.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDO 1612H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DDO 1612 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures
and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

164 35012474.20
BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DDO 1612 and
BMX DDO 1612H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DDO 1612 and BMX
DDO 1612H modules:

Module type 24 VDC negative logic static

outputs

Operating temperature BMX DDO 1612 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

BMX DDO 1612H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Temperature derating Apply the temperature derating

curve , page 29

Nominal values Voltage 24 VDC

Current 0.5 A
Threshold values Voltage (including ripple) 19...30 V (34 V possible for 1
hour/day)

Current/channel 0.625 A
Current/module 10 A
Power of tungsten filament Maximum 6W
lamp

Leakage current At 0 < 0.5 mA

Residual voltage At 1 < 1.2 V

Load impedance minimum 48 Ω

Response time(1) 1.2 ms

Reliability MTBF for continuous 403 804

operation in hours at ambient
temperature 30 °C (86 °F)

Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI2 Hz

Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 3)

Compatibility with DC inputs Yes (source and no type inputs)

Built-in protection(2) against over voltage Yes, by Transil diode

against reverse polarity Yes, by reverse-mounted diode

against short-circuits and Yes, by current limiter and

overloads electric circuit-breaker 1.5 In < Id
< 2 In
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 6.3 A
Pre-actuator voltage: OK > 18 V
monitoring threshold
Error < 14 V
Pre-actuator voltage: on appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
monitoring response time
on disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms

35012474.20 165
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules

Power consumption 3.3 V typical 79 mA

maximum 111 mA
24 V pre-actuator typical 23 mA
consumption
maximum 32 mA
(Excluding load current)

Power dissipation 2.26 W max.

Dielectric strength Output / ground or output / 1500 V rms, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

internal logic

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnets. Electromagnet
discharge time < L/R.

(2) Provide a fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.

NOTE: For the BMX DDO 1612H, the maximum pre-actuator power supply
must not exceed 26.4 V and the output current value must not exceed 0.55 A
at 70 °C (158 °F).

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDO 1612 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for
the connection of sixteen output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (negative logic).

166 35012474.20
BMX DDO 1612 Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

power supply: 24 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 6.3 A
pre-act: pre-actuator

35012474.20 167
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules

BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 168
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 168
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 170

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DRA 0804T module, its characteristics, and
explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.
NOTE: There is no H version of this module.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DRA 0804T module is a 125 VDC discrete relay module connected via a
20-pin terminal block. Its 8 relay output channels operate on direct current.
NOTE: BMX DRA 0804T provides an extended temperature range, as listed in
the General Characteristics, page 169 topic of this chapter.

Illustration

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the module BMX DRA 0804T for
use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the module operates above 2000 m
(6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

168 35012474.20
BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRA 0804T module:

Module type Relay outputs for direct current

Operating temperature -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Rated voltage Direct 125 VDC

Voltage range Direct 100...150 VDC

Maximum switching current 0.3 A

Response time Activation < 10 ms

Deactivation < 10 ms
Surge current 10 A capacitive t = 10 ms
maximum
Built-in Against inductive over None. Fit a discharge diode on each output.
protection voltage in DC modes

against short-circuits None. Fit a fast-blow fuse of 0.5 A, 250 VDC for each
and overloads relay.

Reliability MTBF for continuous 2 683 411

operation in hours at
ambient temperature
30 °C (86 °F)

Power dissipation 3.17 W maximum

Field to Bus (Dielectric strength) 2000 V actual

(at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.)

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ

(at 500 VDC)

Power supply 3.3 V Typical 40 mA

consumption
Maxi- 75 mA
mum
24 V (All Typical 101 mA
channels
stay at 1) Maxi- 137 mA
mum
Point to point isolation 1780 VAC rms

Output current 0.3 A at 125 VDC (resistive load) 100,000 ops.

minimum
0.1 A (L/R = 10 ms) 100,000 ops. minimum

Mechanical operations 20,000,000 minimum

35012474.20 169
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DRA 0804T module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for
the connection of eight relay output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a relay output. Note the enlargement of the pre-actuator. It is
recommended to install this type of protection on the terminals of each pre-actuator.

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

170 35012474.20
BMX DRA 0804T Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

power supply: 125 VDC (100...150 VDC)

fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A, 250 VDC for each relay
NC: not connected
NOTE: A Zener Diode voltage of 47V or slightly higher is recommended.

35012474.20 171
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules

BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 172
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 173
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 174

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DRA 0805 module, its characteristics, and explains
how it is connected to the pre-actuators.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DRA 0805 module is a 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC discrete module
connected via a 20-pin terminal block. Its 8 relay output channels operate either
on alternating current or direct current.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DRA 0805H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DRA 0805 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures
and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

172 35012474.20
BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DRA 0805 and
BMX DRA 0805H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRA 0805 and BMX
DRA 0805H modules:

Module type Relay outputs for alternating and direct current

Operating BMX DRA 0805 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

temperature
BMX DRA 0805H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Rated voltage Direct 24 VDC

Alternating 24...240 VAC

Voltage range Direct 10...34 VDC

Alternating 19...264 VAC (47...63 Hz)

Thermal current 3A
Minimum switching load 5 VDC / 10 mA

Alternating current Voltage 24 VAC 48 VAC 100...120 200...240

load in resistive VAC VAC
mode (AC12)
Power 50 VA(5) 50 VA(6) 110 VA(6) 220 VA(6)

110 VA(4) 220 VA(4)

Maximum Power of 30 VA(5) 30 VA(6) 66 VA(6) 132 VA(6)

Hardened module at
70°C (158°F) 66 VA(4) 132 VA(4)

Alternating current Voltage 24 VAC 48 VAC 100...120 200...240

load in inductive VAC VAC
mode (AC15)
Power 24 VA(4) 10 VA(10) 10 VA(11) 10 VA(11)

24 VA(8) 50 VA(7) 50 VA(9)

110 VA(2) 110 VA(6)

220 VA(1)

Maximum Power of 14.4 VA(4) 6 VA(10) 6 VA(11) 6 VA(11)

Hardened module at
70°C (158°F) 14.4 VA(8) 30 VA(7) 30 VA(9)

66 VA(2) 66 VA(6)

132 VA(1)

Direct current load in Voltage 24 VDC

resistive mode
(DC12) Power 24 W(6)

40 W(3)

Maximum Power of 14.4 W(6)

Hardened module at
70°C (158°F) 24 W(3)

Direct current load in Voltage 24 VDC

inductive mode
(DC13) (L:R=60 ms) Power 10 W(8)

35012474.20 173
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules

24 W(6)

Maximum Power of 6 W(8)

Hardened module at
70°C (158°F) 14.4 W(6)

Response time Activation < 10 ms

Deactivation < 8 ms
Built-in protection Against inductive None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage
over voltage in AC limiter in parallel on each output appropriate to the
modes voltage in use.

Against inductive None. Fit a discharge diode on each output.

over voltage in DC
modes
against short- None. Fit a fast-blow fuse of 3 A for each relay.
circuits and
overloads
Reliability MTBF for 2 119 902
continuous
operation in hours
at ambient
temperature 30°C
(86°F)

Power dissipation 2.7 W max.

Dielectric strength 2000 V actual

(at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.)

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ

(at 500 VDC)

Power supply 3.3 V Typical 79 mA

consumption
Maxi- 111 mA
mum
24 V Typical 51 mA
relay(12)
Maxi- 56 mA
mum
(1):0.1 x 106 cycles, (2): 0.15 x 106 cycles, (3): 0.3 x 106 cycles, (4): 0.5 x 106 cycles, (5): 0.7 x 106
cycles, (6): 1 x 106 cycles, (7): 1.5 x 106 cycles, (8): 2 x 106 cycles, (9): 3 x 106 cycles, (10): 5 x 106
cycles, (11): 10 x 106 cycles, (12): all channels at 1.

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DRA 0805 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the
connection of eight relay output channels.

174 35012474.20
BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a relay output.

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

35012474.20 175
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 0805 Relay Output Modules

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

power supply: 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC

fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 3 A for each relay
NC: not connected

176 35012474.20
BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 177
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 178
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 180

Introduction
This section presents the BMX DRA 0815 module, its characteristics, and explains
how it is connected to the pre-actuators.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DRA 0815 module is a 5...125 VDC or 24...240 VAC discrete module
connected via a 20-pin terminal block. Its 8 relay output channels operate either
on alternating current or direct current.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DRA 0815H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DRA 0815 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures
and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

35012474.20 177
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DRA 0815 and
BMX DRA 0815H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRA 0815 and BMX
DRA 0815H modules:

Module type Relay outputs for alternating and direct current

Rated range Alternating 24...240 Vac

Direct 24...125 Vdc

Voltage range Alternating 19...264 Vac (47...63 Hz)

Direct 5...150 Vdc

Operating temperature BMX DRA 0815 0 °C to 60 °C (32 °F to 140 °F) with derating (see hereafter).

BMX DRA 0815H -25 °C to 70 °C (-13 °F to 158 °F) with derating (see hereafter).

Thermal current
Apply the following derating curve to the thermal current (in A) versus ambient temperature (in °C):

Minimum switching load 5 Vdc / 10 mA

Alternating current load in Voltage 24 Vac 48 Vac 100...120 Vac 200...250 Vac
resistive mode (AC12)
Switching power below 60 °C 48 VA(7) 48 VA(8) 110 VA(8) 220 VA(8)
(140 °F)
96 VA(6) 220 VA(6) 500 VA(6)

Maximum switching power of 28.8 VA(7) 28.8 VA(8) 66 VA(8) 132 VA(8)
hardened module at 60...70 °
C (140...158 °F) 57.6 VA(6) 132 VA(6) 300 VA(6)

Alternating current load in Voltage 24 Vac 48 Vac 100...120 Vac 200...250 Vac
inductive mode (AC15)
Switching power below 60 °C 10 VA(10) 10 VA(10) 10 VA(11) 10 VA(11)
(Power factor = 0.4) (140 °F)
24 VA(9) 24 VA(9) 50 VA(8) 50 VA(9)

48 VA(6) 48 VA(8) 110 VA(7) 110 VA(7)

72 VA(4)(13) 96 VA(5) 220 VA(4) 220 VA(6)

144 VA(3)(13) 360 VA(2)(13) 500 VA(3)

750 VA(1)(13)

Maximum switching power of 6 VA(10) 6 VA(10) 6 VA(11) 6 VA(11)

hardened module at 60...70 °
C (140...158 °F) 14.4 VA(9) 14.4 VA(9) 30 VA(8) 30 VA(9)

178 35012474.20
BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

28.8 VA(6) 28.8 VA(8) 66 VA(7) 66 VA(7)

57.6 VA(5) 132 VA(4) 132 VA(6)

300 VA(3)

Direct current load in resistive Voltage 24 Vdc 48...60 Vdc 100...125 Vdc
mode (DC12)
Switching power below 60 °C 24 W(7) 40 W(6) 45 W(5)
(L:R = 1 ms (140 °F)
48 W(6)

Maximum switching power of 14.4 W(7) 24 W(6) 45 W(3)

hardened module at 60...70 °
C (140...158 °F) 28.8 W(6)

Direct current load in inductive Voltage 24 Vdc 48...60 Vdc 110...125 Vdc
mode (DC13)
Switching power below 60 °C 10 W(5) 40 W(1) 15 W(5)
(L:R = 15 ms) (140 °F)
24 W(3)

48 W(1)

Maximum switching power of 6 W(5) 24 W(1) 15 W(1)

hardened module at 60...70 °
C (140...158 °F) 14.4 W(3)

28.8 W(1)

Mechanical operations 20,000,000 minimum

Response time Activation < 10 ms

Deactivation < 13 ms
Surge current maximum 10 A capacitive t = 10 ms

Built-in protection Against inductive over None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter in parallel
voltage in AC modes on each output channel appropriate to the voltage in use.

Against inductive over None. Fit a discharge diode on each output channel.
voltage in DC modes

Against short-circuits and None. Fit a fast-blow fuse on each output channel or channel group.
overloads
NOTE: The current capability of fuse depends on the maximum
switching load.

Reliability MTBF for continuous 2,683,411

operation in hours at ambient
temperature 30 °C (86 °F)

Power dissipation(12) 3.6 W + 0.03 x (I12 +I22 +...+ I82)

Where I1, I2,...I8 is the load current for each channel.

Dielectric strength Channel to X-bus 3000 Vac

(at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.) Channel to channel 2000 Vac

Channel to protective earth 2000 Vac
(PE)

Resistance of insulation Channel to X-bus >10 MΩ

(at 500 Vdc) Channel to channel >10 MΩ

Power supply consumption 3.3 V Typical 40 mA

Maximum 75 mA
24 V(12) Typical 101 mA

Maximum 137 mA
(1): 0.04 x 106 cycles, (2): 0.05 x 106 cycles, (3): 0.06 x 106 cycles, (4): 0.07 x 106 cycles,

(5): 0.1 x 106 cycles, (6): 0.15 x 106 cycles, (7): 0.2 x 106 cycles, (8): 0.3 x 106 cycles,

(9): 0.5 x 106 cycles, (10): 0.7 x 106 cycles, (11): 1 x 106 cycles,

(12): All channels at 1, (13): Below 50 °C (122 °F)

35012474.20 179
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DRA 0815 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the
connection of eight relay output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a relay output.

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

180 35012474.20
BMX DRA 0815 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

power supply: 24...125 VDC or 24...240 VAC

fuse: Use appropriate fast-blow fuse for each relay.
NC: not connected

35012474.20 181
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules

BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 182
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 183
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 184

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DRA 1605 module, its characteristics, and explains
how it is connected to the pre-actuators.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DRA 1605 module is a 24...48 VDC or 24...240 VAC discrete module
connected via a 20-pin terminal block. Its 16 non-isolated relay output channels
operate either on alternating current or direct current.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DRA 1605H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DRA 1605 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures
and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

182 35012474.20
BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DRA 1605 and
BMX DRA 1605H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRA 1605 and BMX
DRA 1605H modules:

Module type Relay outputs for alternating and direct current

Operating temperature BMX DRA 1605 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

BMX DRA 1605H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Rated voltage Direct 24...48 VDC

Alternating 24...240 VAC

Voltage range Direct 19...60 VDC

Alternating 19...264 VAC

Minimum switching load 5 VDC / 1 mA.

Maximum switching load 264 VAC / 125 VDC

Mechanical service life Number of switching 20 million or more

Alternating current load in Voltage 24 VAC 48 VAC 100...120 VAC 200...240 VAC
resistive mode (AC12)
Power 50 VA(2) 50 VA(1) 80 VA(1) 200 VA(1)

80 VA(2) 200 VA(2)

Alternating current load in Voltage 24 VAC 48 VAC 100...120 VAC 200...240 VAC
inductive mode (AC15)
Power 36 VA(1) 36 VA(1) 36 VA(1) 36 VA(1) Cos ϕ = 0,35

72 VA(1) 72 VA(1) 72 VA(1) 72 VA(1) Cos ϕ = 0,7

120 VA(2) 120 VA(2) 120 VA(2) 120 VA(2) Cos ϕ = 0,35

240 VA(2) Cos ϕ = 0,7

Direct current load in Voltage 24 VDC 48 VDC

resistive mode (DC12)
Power 24 W(2) 24 W(4)

Direct current load in Voltage 24 VDC 48 VDC

inductive mode (DC13)
Power (L/R = 7 ms) 3 W(1) 3 W(1)

10 W(2) 10 W(2)

Power (L/R = 20 ms) 24 W(3) 24 W(3)

Response time Activation < 8 ms

Deactivation < 10 ms
On-line module change Possible

Built-in protection Against alternating None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter in parallel on each
current inductive over output appropriate to the voltage in use.
voltage

Against direct current None. Fit a discharge diode on each output.

inductive over voltage

35012474.20 183
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules

Against short-circuits None. Fit a fast-blow fuse of 12 A for each 8-channel group.
and overloads
Maximum switching frequency 3 600 cycles per hour

Power dissipation 3 W max

Dielectric strength 2000 V actual

(at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.)

Resistance of insulation > 10 MΩ

(at 500 VDC)

Noise immunity In noise simulation below 1500 V actual, noise width of 1s and frequency of 25 to
60 Hz
Reliability MTBF for continuous 1 357 810
operation in hours at
ambient temperature
30°C (86°F)

Power supply consumption 3.3 V Typical 79 mA

Maximum 111 mA
24 V Typical 89 mA
relay(5)
Maximum 100 mA
(1): 3 x 105 cycles, (2): 1 x 105 cycles, (3): 7 x 103 cycles, (4): 5 x 104 cycles, (5): per channel at 1.

NOTE: For the BMX DRA 1605H module, confirm that the maximum power
does not exceed 24 VA per channel when operated at 70 °C (158 °F).

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DRA 1605 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for the
connection of sixteen non-isolated relay output channels.

184 35012474.20
BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of relay outputs.

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

35012474.20 185
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRA 1605 Relay Output Modules

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

power supply: 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC

fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 12 A for each 8-channel group

186 35012474.20
BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 187
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 187
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 190

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DRC 0805 module, its characteristics, and
explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DRC 0805 module is a 5...125 Vdc or 24...240 Vac discrete module
connected via a 40-pin terminal block. Its 8 relay output channels (NO/NC)
operate either on alternating current or direct current.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DRC 0805H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DRC 0805 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures
and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DRC 0805 and
BMX DRC 0805H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.

35012474.20 187
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules

For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DRC 0805 and BMX
DRC 0805H modules:

Module type NO/NC relay outputs for alternating and direct current

Rated range Alternating 24...240 Vac

Direct 24...125 Vdc

Voltage range Alternating 19...264 Vac (47...63 Hz)

Direct 5...150 Vdc

Operating temperature BMX DRC 0805 0 °C to 60 °C (32 °F to 140 °F) with derating (see hereafter).

BMX DRC 0805H -25 °C to 70 °C (-13 °F to 158 °F) with derating (see hereafter).

Thermal current
Apply the following derating curve to the thermal current (in A) versus ambient temperature (in °C):

NOTE: Apply additional derating if the module is wired with preassembled cordset BMX FTW
••5, page 46.

Minimum switching load 5 Vdc / 10 mA

Alternating current load in Voltage 24 Vac 48 Vac 100...120 Vac 200...250 Vac
resistive mode (AC12)
Switching power below 60 °C 48 VA(7) 48 VA(8) 110 VA(8) 220 VA(8)
(140 °F)
96 VA(6) 220 VA(6) 500 VA(6)

Maximum switching power of 28.8 VA(7) 28.8 VA(8) 66 VA(8) 132 VA(8)
hardened module at 60...70 °
C (140...158 °F) 57.6 VA(6) 132 VA(6) 300 VA(6)

Alternating current load in Voltage 24 Vac 48 Vac 100...120 Vac 200...250 Vac
inductive mode (AC15)
Switching power below 60 °C 10 VA(10) 10 VA(10) 10 VA(11) 10 VA(11)
(Power factor = 0.4) (140 °F)
24 VA(9) 24 VA(9) 50 VA(8) 50 VA(9)

48 VA(6) 48 VA(8) 110 VA(7) 110 VA(7)

72 VA(4)(13) 96 VA(5) 220 VA(4) 220 VA(6)

144 VA(3)(13) 360 VA(2)(13) 500 VA(3)

750 VA(1)(13)

Maximum switching power of 6 VA(10) 6 VA(10) 6 VA(11) 6 VA(11)

hardened module at 60...70 °
C (140...158 °F) 14.4 VA(9) 14.4 VA(9) 30 VA(8) 30 VA(9)

28.8 VA(6) 28.8 VA(8) 66 VA(7) 66 VA(7)

57.6 VA(5) 132 VA(4) 132 VA(6)

300 VA(3)

Direct current load in resistive Voltage 24 Vdc 48...60 Vdc 100...125 Vdc
mode (DC12)

188 35012474.20
BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Switching power below 60 °C 24 W(7) 40 W(6) 45 W(5)

(L:R = 1 ms (140 °F)
48 W(6)

Maximum switching power of 14.4 W(7) 24 W(6) 45 W(3)

hardened module at 60...70 °
C (140...158 °F) 28.8 W(6)

Direct current load in inductive Voltage 24 Vdc 48...60 Vdc 110...125 Vdc
mode (DC13)
Switching power below 60 °C 10 W(5) 40 W(1) 15 W(5)
(L:R = 15 ms) (140 °F)
24 W(3)

48 W(1)

Maximum switching power of 6 W(5) 24 W(1) 15 W(1)

hardened module at 60...70 °
C (140...158 °F) 14.4 W(3)

28.8 W(1)

Mechanical operations 20,000,000 minimum

Response time Activation (to NO) <10 ms

Deactivation (to NC) <13 ms

Surge current maximum 10 A capacitive t = 10 ms

Built-in protection Against inductive over None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over voltage limiter in parallel
voltage in AC modes on each output channel appropriate to the voltage in use.

Against inductive over None. Fit a discharge diode on each output channel.
voltage in DC modes

Against short-circuits and None. Fit a fast-blow fuse on each output channel or channel group.
overloads
NOTE: The current capability of fuse depends on the maximum
switching load.

Reliability MTBF for continuous 2,683,411

operation in hours at ambient
temperature 30 °C (86 °F)

Power dissipation(12) 3.6 W + 0.03 x (I12 + I22 + ...+ I82)

Where I1, I2,....I8 is the load current for each channel.

Dielectric strength Channel to X-bus 3000 Vac

(at 50/60 Hz for 1 min.) Channel to channel 2000 Vac

Channel to protective earth 2000 Vac
(PE)

Resistance of insulation Channel to X-bus >10 MΩ

(at 500 Vdc) Channel to channel >10 MΩ

Power supply consumption 3.3 V Typical 40 mA

Maximum 75 mA
24 V(12) Typical 101 mA

Maximum 137 mA
(1): 0.04 x 106 cycles, (2): 0.05 x 106 cycles, (3): 0.06 x 106 cycles, (4): 0.07 x 106 cycles,

(5): 0.1 x 106 cycles, (6): 0.15 x 106 cycles, (7): 0.2 x 106 cycles, (8): 0.3 x 106 cycles,

(9): 0.5 x 106 cycles, (10): 0.7 x 106 cycles, (11): 1 x 106 cycles,

(12): All channel at 1, (13): Below 50 °C (122 °F)

35012474.20 189
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DRC 0805 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for
the connection of eight relay output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a relay output.

NO: Normally open output

NC: Normally closed output

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

190 35012474.20
BMX DRC 0805 Relay Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

Power supply: 24...125 Vdc or 24...240 Vac

Fuse: Use appropriate fast-blow fuse for each relay.
N/C: Not connected

35012474.20 191
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules

BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 192
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 192
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 195

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDO 3202 module, its characteristics, and
explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DDO 3202 module is a 12 VDC/24 VDC discrete module connected via
a 40-pin terminal block. It is a positive logic (or source) module: its 32 output
channels provide current to the pre-actuators.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDO 3202H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DDO 3202 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures
and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMXDDO3202 and
BMXDDO3202H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.

192 35012474.20
BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMXDDO3202 and
BMXDDO3202H modules:

Module type 12/24 Vdc positive logic static outputs

Operating temperature BMXDDO3202 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

BMXDDO3202H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Temperature derating Apply the temperature derating curve ,

page 29

Nominal values Voltage 12/24 Vdc

Current 0.5 A
Threshold values Voltage (including ripple) 10.8...30V

Current/output 0.55 A maximum

Current/module 17.6 A maximum

Power of tungsten Maximum • 6 W (24 Vdc)
filament lamp
• 3 W (12 Vdc)

Leakage current At 0 < 0.1 mA

Voltage drop At 1 < 1.2 V

Load impedance(1) minimum 54.54 Ω

Response time(2) 0.3 ms

Reliability MTBF for continuous 537 600

operation in hours at
ambient temperature 30 °
C (86°F)

Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI² Hz

Where:
L = Load inductance (Henry)
I = Load current (A)

Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 3 (3))

Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs Yes (24 Vdc type 3 and 12 Vdc no type)

Built-in protection against over voltage Yes, by Transil diode

against inversions Yes, by inverted diode(4)

against short-circuits and Yes, by current limiter and electric circuit-

overloads breaker 1.5 In < Id < 2 In
In: Nominal current
Id: Detection current
Open load detection(5) Supported, adds external 20 kΩ resistor
(tolerance: 5%, rated power: 0.1 W)

Fuse type Internal None

External 1 fast blow fuse per group

Pre-actuator voltage: 12 Vdc(6) Not supported

monitoring
24 Vdc(7) Supported

24 VDC pre-actuator OK > 18 V

voltage: monitoring
threshold Error < 14 V

24 Vdc pre-actuator on appearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms

voltage: monitoring
response time on disappearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms

35012474.20 193
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules

Power consumption 3.3 typical 56 mA

V
maximum 115 mA
12V/24V Pre-actuator typical 35 mA
consumption
maximum 60 mA
(excluding load current)

Power dissipation 4.8 W maximum

Dielectric strength Primary/secondary 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 minute

Between channel groups 1780 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 minute

Resistance of isolation >10 MΩ (below 500 Vdc)

(1) 54.54 Ω corresponds to the load impedance of pre-actuators with voltage at 30 Vdc. If the pre-
actuator voltage is different than 30 Vdc, calculate the load impedance by using the formula
UUPPERLIMIT/0.55A.

(2) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnets. Electromagnet
discharge time is < L/R.

(3) When parallel output is applied, the inconsistency between outputs might cause short circuit
error on the output status. The related OFF output LED will be flashing.

(4) Provide a fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.

(5) Limitations for open load detection:

• Add extra external resistor between the PPS1+/PPS2+ and output signal. The maximum pull-
up resistance is 20 kΩ.
• Open load resistor generates leakage current to the load.
• Open load error bit and short circuit error share one bit.
• Open load detection is only available in output off. When an output is off and an open load is
detected, the error is reported.
(6) When pre-actuator voltage is 12 Vdc, the power monitor function must be disabled. Otherwise,
the output is not supported for short circuit / open load detection.

(7) When the pre-actuator voltage state is in the error state, the circuit short detection and output
open load detection cannot be refreshed.

NOTE: For BMXDDO3202H, confirm that the maximum pre-actuator power

supply does not exceed 26.4 V and the output current value does not exceed
0.55 A from 60 to 70 °C (140 to 158 °F).

194 35012474.20
BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDO 3202 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for
the connection of sixteen output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic).

24 V

Command

Detected Error
Output

0V

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Disconnect all power from all equipment including connected devices prior to
removing any covers or doors, or installing or removing any accessories,
hardware, cables, or wires except under the specific conditions specified in the
appropriate hardware guide for this equipment.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

35012474.20 195
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.
Run Err I/O
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 Q0 Pre-act.
Q1
2 Pre-act.
Q2
3 Pre-act.
Q3 Pre-act.
4
5 Q4 Pre-act.
Q5
6 Pre-act.
7 Q6 Pre-act.
Q7
8 Pre-act.
9 Q8 Pre-act.
Q9
10 Pre-act.
11 Q10 Pre-act.
Q11
12 Pre-act.
Q12
13 Pre-act.
Q13 Pre-act.
14
15 Q14 Pre-act.
Q15
16 Pre-act.
17
PPS1+ PPS1-
18
19 PPS1- 1
20
PPS1+ Q16
21 Pre-act.
Q17 2
22 Pre-act.
Q18
23 Pre-act.
Q19
24 Pre-act.
Q20
25 Pre-act.
Q21 Pre-act.
26
27 Q22 Pre-act.
Q23
28 Pre-act.
29 Q24 Pre-act.
Q25 Pre-act.
30
Q26
31 Pre-act.
Q27 Pre-act.
32
33 Q28 Pre-act.
Q29
34 Pre-act.
35 Q30 Pre-act.
Q31 Pre-act.
36
PPS2+
37
PPS2-
38
39 PPS2-
40
PPS2+
1 2

Pre-act: Pre-actuator
1 Fast blow fuse for each 16-channel group. The fuse rating adjusted according to
the load.
2 Pre-actuator power supply (PPSn) 12 Vdc/24 Vdc

196 35012474.20
BMX DDO 3202 Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

The following diagram gives an example of open load detection with external
resistor (Channel 0) and paralleling of output connection (Channels 20, 22 for two
redundant outputs and Channels 26, 27, 28 for three redundant outputs).

Open load external resistor

20 Kohm 1 W

FUSE

1
2

Wiring for 2 parallel chanels

Wiring for 3 parallel chanels

FUSE

1 2

Pre-act: Pre-actuator
1 Fast blow fuse for each 16-channel group. The fuse rating adjusted according to
the load.
2 Pre-actuator power supply (PPSn) 12 Vdc/24 Vdc

35012474.20 197
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules

BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 198
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 199
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 200

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDO 3202 K module, its characteristics, and
explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DDO 3202 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 40-
pin connector. It is a positive logic (or source) module: its 32 output channels
provide current to the pre-actuators.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDO 3202 KC (coated) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DDO 3202 K (standard) equipment. It can be used in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

198 35012474.20
BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the following table apply to the BMXDDO3202K and
BMXDDO3202KC modules for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the
modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For more information, refer to the Operating and Storage Conditions topic in the
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards, and Certifications user
guide.

General Characteristics
The following table presents the general characteristics for the BMXDDO3202K
and BMXDDO3202KC modules:

Module type 24 VDC positive logic static outputs

Operating temperature 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

Temperature derating Apply the temperature derating curve , page 29

Nominal values Voltage 24 VDC

Current 0.1 A
Threshold values Voltage (including ripple) 19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day)

Current/channel 0.125 A
Current/module 3.2 A
Power of tungsten filament lamp Maximum 1.2 W

Leakage current At 0 100 μA for U = 30 V

Voltage drop At 1 < 1.5 V for I = 0.1 A

Load impedance Minimum 220 Ω

Response time(1) 1.2 ms

Max. overload time before internal damage 15 ms

Reliability MTBF for continuous 312 254

operation in hours at
ambient temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)

Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI2 Hz

Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 3)

Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs Yes (type 3 or no type)

Built-in protection Against over voltage Yes, by Transil diode

Against inversions Yes, by inverted diode(2)

Against short-circuits and Yes, by current limiter and electric circuit-breaker

overloads 0.125 A < Id < 0.185 A
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 2 A for each 16-channel group

Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold OK > 18 V

Error < 14 V
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response time On appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms

On disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms

Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 125 mA

Maximum 166 mA

35012474.20 199
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules

24 V pre-actuator consumption Typical 46 mA

(excluding load current) Maximum 64 mA

Power dissipation 3.6 W max.

Dielectric strength Output / ground or output / 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min

internal logic

Between channel groups 500 VDC

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnet. Electromagnet discharge time < L/R.

(2) Provide a fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDO 3202 K module is fitted with a 40-pin connector for the connection
of thirty-two output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic).

200 35012474.20
BMX DDO 3202 K Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

The diagram below shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

power supply: 24 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 2 A for each 16-channel group
pre-act: pre-actuator
PPS: pre-actuator power supply

35012474.20 201
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules

BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 202
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 203
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 204

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDO 6402 K module, its characteristics, and
explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DDO 6402 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via two
40-pin connectors. It is a positive logic (or source) module: its 64 output channels
provide current to the pre-actuators.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDO 6402 KC (coated) equipment is the ruggedized version of the BMX
DDO 6402 K (standard) equipment. It can be used in harsh chemical
environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

202 35012474.20
BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the following table apply to the BMXDDO6402K and
BMXDDO6402KC modules for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the
modules operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to the Operating and Storage Conditions topic in the
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards, and Certifications user
guide.

General Characteristics
The following table presents the general characteristics for the BMXDDO6402K
and BMXDDO6402KC modules:

Module type 24 VDC positive logic static outputs

Operating temperature 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

Temperature derating Apply the temperature derating curve , page 29

Nominal values Voltage 24 VDC

Current 0.1 A
Threshold values Voltage (including ripple) 19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day)

Current/channel 0.125 A
Current/module 6.4 A
Power of tungsten filament lamp Maximum 1.2 W

Leakage current At 0 100 μA for U = 30 V

Voltage drop At 1 < 1.5 V for I = 0.1 A

Load impedance Minimum 220 Ω

Response time(1) 1.2 ms

Max. overload time before internal damage 15 ms

Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours at 159 924

ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F)

Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI2 Hz

Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 3)

Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs Yes (type 3 and no type)

Built-in protection Against over voltage Yes, by Transil diode

Against inversions Yes, by inverted diode(2)

Against short-circuits and overloads Yes, by current limiter and electric circuit-
breaker 0.125 A < Id < 0.185 A
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 2 A for each 16-channel
group

Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring OK > 18 V

threshold
Error < 14 V
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring On appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
response time
On disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms

Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 160 mA

Maximum 226 mA

35012474.20 203
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules

24 V pre-actuator consumption Typical 92 mA

(excluding load current) Maximum 127 mA

Power dissipation 6.85 W max.

Dielectric strength Output / ground or output / internal logic 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min

Between channel groups 500 VDC

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnet. Electromagnet discharge time < L/R.

(2) Provide a 2 A fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDO 6402 K module is fitted with two 40-pin connectors for the
connection of sixty-four output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic).

204 35012474.20
BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

35012474.20 205
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDO 6402 K Static Output Modules

The diagram below shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

I32 I33
20 I0 I1
20
I34 I35 I3
19 I2
19
I36 I37 I5
18 I4
Run Err I/O +32 18
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I38 I39 I6 I7
17 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
17
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
I40 I41 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 I8 I9
16 16
I42 I43 I10 I11
15 15
I44 I45 I12 I13
14 14
I46 I47 I14 I15
13 13
SPS3+ SPS3- SPS1+ SPS1-
Fuse SPS3+ SPS3- 12 12 Fuse
SPS1+ SPS1-
SPS3+ SPS3- SPS1+ SPS1-
11 11
I48 I49 I16 I17
10 10
I50 I51 I18 I19
9 9
I52 I53 I20 I21
8 8
I54 I55 I22 I23
7 7
I56 I57 I24 I25
6 6
I58 I59 I26 I27
5 5
I60 I61 I28 I29
4 4
I62 I63 I30 I31
3 3
SPS4+ SPS4- SPS2+ SPS2-
Fuse 2 2 Fuse
SPS4+ SPS4- SPS2+ SPS2-
SPS4+ SPS4- SPS2+ SPS2-
1 1

power supply: 24 VDC

fuse: fast blow fuse of 2 A for each 16-channel group
pre-act: pre-actuator
PPS: pre-actuator power supply

206 35012474.20
BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 207
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 207
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 209

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAO 1605 module, its characteristics, and
explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DAO 1605 module is a 100...240 VAC discrete module connected via a
20-pin terminal block. Its 16 triac output channels operate on alternating current.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAO 1605H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DAO 1605 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures
and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAO 1605 and
BMX DAO 1605H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.

35012474.20 207
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules

For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics
This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAO 1605 and BMX
DAO 1605H modules:

Module type 100...240 VAC triac outputs

Operating temperature BMX DAO 1605 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

BMX DAO 1605H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Temperature derating Apply the temperature derating curve , page

29
Nominal values Voltage 100...240 VAC

Current 0.6 A / points

Threshold values Voltage 100 mA at 24 VAC

25 mA at 100...240 VAC
Current/channel 0.6 A
Current/module 2.4 A max/common (4.8 A max for all
commons)

Maximum inrush current 20 A / cycle or less

Leakage current At state 0 ≤ 3 mA (for 240 VAC, 60 Hz)

≤ 1.5 mA (for 120 VAC, 60 Hz)

Residual voltage At state 1 ≤ 1.5 VAC

Response time ≤ 1 ms + 1/(2xF)

Built-in protection Against inductive None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over
over voltage in AC voltage limiter in parallel on each output
modes appropriate to the voltage in use

Against inductive None. Fit a discharge diode on each output.

over voltage

against short- None. Fit a fast-blow fuse of 3 A on each

circuits and channel or 4-channel group.
overloads
Command type Zero crossing

Output protection no protection

Dielectric maximum voltage 2 830 VAC rms/1 min

Insulation resistance ≥ 10 MΩ (by insulation resistance meter)

Noise immunity By noise simulator of noise voltage, 1 μs noise

width and 1 500 Vp-p

25...60 Hz noise frequency

Power consumption 3.3 Typical 79 mA

V
Maximum 111 mA

NOTE: For the BMX DAO 1605H module, at 70 °C (158 °F), the maximum
threshold current must not exceed 0.24 A per channel and the maximum
module current must not exceed 1.92 A.

208 35012474.20
BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAO 1605 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for
the connection of sixteen triac output channels.

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a alternating current triac output.

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

35012474.20 209
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAO 1605 Triac Output Modules

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the pre-actuators.

power supply: 100...240 VAC

fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 3 A for each 4-channel group

210 35012474.20
BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 211
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 211
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 213

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DAO 1615 module, its characteristics, and
explains how it is connected to the pre-actuators.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DAO 1615 module is a 24...240 Vac discrete module connected via a
40-pin terminal block. Its 16 isolated triac output channels operate on alternating
current.

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DAO 1615H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DAO 1615 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures
and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the table below apply to the modules BMX DAO 1615 and
BMX DAO 1615H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.

35012474.20 211
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules

For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Characteristics

CAUTION
OVERHEATING HAZARD
Take into account the temperature derating of the discrete I/O modules at the
installation to prevent the device from overheating and/or deteriorating.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

This table presents the general characteristics for the BMX DAO 1615 and BMX
DAO 1615H modules:

Module type 24...240 Vac16-channel Isolated Triac Output

Operating BMX DAO 1615 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

temperature
BMX DAO 1615H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Temperature
derating Apply the following derating curve (total module output current (in %)
versus ambient temperature (in °C):

NOTE: The curves apply to the BMX DAO 1615 in the temperature
range 0...60 °C (32 °F...140 °F) and apply to the BMX DAO 1615H in
the temperature range -25...70 °C (-13...158 °F).

Nominal values Voltage 24...240 Vac

Current 3 A per channel.

Operating range Voltage 20...264 Vac

Frequency 47...63 Hz

Voltage minimum Voltage drop at state 1 ≤ 1.55 Vac

and maximum
Maximum input voltage 300 Vac during 10 s

400 Vac during one cycle

Current minimum Load current (minimum) 5 mA minimum.

and maximum
Current / 4 contiguous 4 A maximum continuous for the sum of the 4
channels channels.
Current / module 10 A maximum continuous.
Maximum inrush current 30 A per channel for 1 cycle.
(rms)
20 A per channel for 2 cycles.

10 A per channel for 3 cycles.

Leakage current at state ≤ 2.5 mA at 240 Vac

0
≤ 2 mA at 115 Vac

212 35012474.20
BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

≤ 1 mA at 48 Vac

≤ 1 mA at 24 Vac
Response time ≤ 0.5 x (1/F)

Built-in protection Against inductive over None. Fit an RC circuit or a ZNO type over
voltage voltage limiter in parallel on each pre-
actuator appropriate to the voltage in use

Against short-circuits None. Fit a 4 A fast blow fuse on each

and overloads channel.
Output protection (internal) RC snubber suppression.

Dielectric strength Channel to X-bus 1780 Vac, 50/60 Hz for 1 min.

Channel to channel 1500 Vac, 50/60 Hz for 1 min.

Insulation Channel to X-bus >10 MΩ (below 500 Vdc)

Resistance
Channel to channel >10 MΩ (below 500 Vdc)

Applied dV/dt 400 V/μs

Backplane 24 V Typical 50 mA
consumption
Maximum 60 mA
3.3 V Typical 61 mA

Maximum 87 mA

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DAO 1615 module is fitted with a removable 40-pin terminal block for
the connection of 16 triac isolated output channels.

35012474.20 213
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of an alternating current triac isolated
output:

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltage before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

214 35012474.20
BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

NC: Not connected.

1 4 A fast blow fuse.
2 Inductive load.
3 Resistive load.
2a and 3a Recommended output protection (see note below).
NOTE: The recommended output protection for both inductive and resistive
load is composed of a varistor (GMOV 24...240 Vac). The electronic
characteristics of the varistor depend on the voltage required by the device
used.
For inductive load, an optional RC filter (snubber) is recommended in addition
to the varistor. The values for the resistor and the capacitor depend on the
device used.
Each terminal capacity is one wire 22...18 AWG (0,34...1 mm2). For more details,
refer to terminal block wiring capacity, page 39.

Output Usage Rules

Usage of the outputs with different phases, is dependent on the power supply
voltage:
• In the range of 24...133 Vac, adjacent channel outputs can be used.

35012474.20 215
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DAO 1615 Isolated Triac Output Modules

• In the range of 133...240 Vac, the channel outputs used, need to be

separated by an unused channel output (for example Q1 and Q2 with phase
A, skip Q3, and Q4 with phase B).

CAUTION
DAMAGE TO MODULE OUTPUTS
• Ensure that the AC power energizing each group is from a common, single-
phase AC power source.
• Protect the module output when an external switch is used to control an
inductive load in parallel with the module output. Use an external varistor in
parallel with the switch.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

216 35012474.20
BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module Discrete Input/Output Modules

BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 217
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 218
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 220

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDM 16022 module, its characteristics, and
explains how it is connected to the sensors and pre-actuators.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DDM 16022 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-
pin terminal block. It is a positive logic module: its 8 input channels receive current
from the sensors (sink) and its 8 output channels provide current to the pre-
actuators (source).

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDM 16022H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DDM 16022 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures
and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

35012474.20 217
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the tables below apply to the modules BMX DDM 16022 and
BMX DDM 16022H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Input Characteristics

The following table shows the general input characteristics of the BMX DDM
16022 and BMX DDM 16022H modules:

Input module type 24 VDC positive logic inputs

Operating temperature BMX DDM 16022 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

BMX DDM 16022H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Nominal input values Voltage 24 VDC

Current 3.5 mA
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 11 V

Current > 2 mA for U ≥ 11 V

At 0 Voltage 5V

Current ≤ 1.5 mA
Sensor supply 19...30 V (possibly up to 34 V, limited to 1
(including ripple) hour/day)

Input impedance At nominal U 6.8 kΩ

Response time Typical 4ms

Maximum 7ms
Input type Current sink

Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 Type 3

standard
Reverse polarity Protected

Fuse type Internal None

External 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for 8-channel group

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type,
(IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) page 73

Reliability MTBF for continuous 427 772

operation in hours at
ambient temperature 30
°C (86°F)

Dielectric strength Primary/secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

Between input/output 500 VCC

groups

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Paralleling of inputs No

Sensor voltage: OK > 18 V

monitoring threshold
Error < 14 V
Sensor voltage: On appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
monitoring response
On disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms

218 35012474.20
BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module Discrete Input/Output Modules

time at 24 V (-15% ...

+20%)

Power consumption 3.3 Typical 79 mA

V
Maximum 111 mA
24 V pre-actuator Typical 59 mA
consumption
Maximum 67 mA
(excluding load current)

Power dissipation 3.7 W max.

NOTE: These characteristics are available also for the BMX DDM 16022H in
the temperature range -25...60 °C (-13...140 °F). At +70 °C (158 °F). Confirm
that the maximum voltage value of input sensor supply does not exceed 26.4
V.

WARNING
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Do not operate the BMX DDM 16022H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power
supply is greater than 29.0 V or less than 21.1 V. Overheating the module can
cause the loss of the input function.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

General Output Characteristics

The following table shows the general output characteristics of the BMX DDM
16022 and BMX DDM 16022H modules:

Output module type 24 VDC positive logic static outputs

Operating temperature BMX DDM 16022 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

BMX DDM 16022H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Temperature derating Apply the temperature derating curve , page 29

Nominal values Voltage 24 VDC

Current 0.5 A
Threshold values Voltage (including ripple) 19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day)

Current/channel 0.625 A
Current/module 5A
Power of tungsten filament lamp Maximum 6W

Leakage current At 0 < 0.5 mA

Voltage drop At 1 < 1.2 V

Load impedance Minimum 48 Ω

Response time(1) 1.2 ms

Max. overload time before internal damage 15 ms

Reliability MTBF for continuous 427 772

operation in hours at
ambient temperature 30 °
C (86 °F)

Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI2 Hz

Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 2)

Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs Yes (type 3 and no type)

Built-in protection Against over voltage Yes, by Transil diode

35012474.20 219
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module

Against inversions Yes, by inverted diode(2)

Against short-circuits and Yes, by current limiter and electric circuit-breaker

overloads 1.5 In < Id < 2 In
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 6.3 A for 8-channel group

Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold OK > 18 V

Error < 14 V
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response time at On appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
24 V (-15% ... +20%)
On disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms

Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 79 mA

Maximum 111 mA
24 V pre-actuator consumption Typical 59 mA

(excluding load current) Maximum 67 mA

Power dissipation 3.7 W max.

Dielectric strength Output / ground or output / 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

internal logic

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnets. Electromagnet discharge time < L/R.

(2) Provide a 6.3 A fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply

NOTE: The characteristics in this table also apply to the BMX DDM 16022H in
the temperature range -25...60 °C (-13...140 °F).
At 70 °C (140 °F):
• Confirm that the maximum voltage of the pre-actuator power supply does
not exceed 26.4 V.
• Confirm that the maximum output current does not exceed 0.55 A.

WARNING
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Do not operate the BMX DDM 16022H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the pre-
actuator power supply is greater than 29.0 V or less than 21.1 V.
Overheating the module can cause the loss of the output function.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious
injury, or equipment damage.

Connecting the Module

220 35012474.20
BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module Discrete Input/Output Modules

At a Glance
The BMX DDM 16022 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for
the connection of eight input channels and eight output channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic).

35012474.20 221
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors and
pre-actuators.

power supply: 24 VDC

input fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
output fuse: fast blow fuse of 6.3 A
pre-act: pre-actuator

222 35012474.20
BMX DDM 16022 Mixed Static Input/Output Module Discrete Input/Output Modules

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected
in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module
configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor
power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 285.
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and
the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last
recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

35012474.20 223
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module

BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 224
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 225
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 227

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDM 16025 module, its characteristics, and
explains how it is connected to the sensors and pre-actuators.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DDM 16025 module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 20-
pin terminal block. It is a positive logic module: its 8 input channels receive current
from the sensors (sink). The 8 isolated relay outputs operate either on direct
current (24 VDC) or alternating current (24...240 VAC).

Ruggedized Version
The BMX DDM 16025H (hardened) equipment is the ruggedized version of the
BMX DDM 16025 (standard) equipment. It can be used at extended temperatures
and in harsh chemical environments.
For more information, refer to chapter Installation in More Severe Environments
(see Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

Illustration

224 35012474.20
BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module Discrete Input/Output Modules

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the tables below apply to the modules BMX DDM 16025 and
BMX DDM 16025H for use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the modules
operate above 2000 m (6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to chapter Operating and Storage Conditions (see
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications).

General Input Characteristics

This table presents the general input characteristics for the BMX DDM 16025 and
BMX DDM 16025H modules:

Input module type Eight 24 VDC positive logic inputs

Operating temperature BMX DDM 16025 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

BMX DDM 16025H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Nominal input values Voltage 24 VDC

Current 3.5 mA
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 11 V

Current ≥ 2 mA for U ≥ 11 V
At 0 Voltage 5V

Current < 1.5 mA

Sensor supply (including ripple) 19...30 V (possibly up to 34 V, limited to 1
hour/day)

Input impedance At nominal U 6.8 kΩ

Response time Typical 4 ms

Maximum 7 ms
Input type Current sink

Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 3

Reverse polarity Protected

Fuse type Internal None

External 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for 8-channel
group

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard compliant) 2-wire (DC), and 3-wire (DC) PNP any
type, page 73

Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours 835 303

at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F)

Dielectric strength Primary/secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

Between input/output groups 500 VDC

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Paralleling of inputs No

Sensor voltage: monitoring threshold OK > 18 V

Error < 14 V
Sensor voltage: monitoring response time at On appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
24V (-15% ... +20%)
On disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms

Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 35 mA

35012474.20 225
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module

Maximum 50 mA
24 V pre-actuator consumption Typical 79 mA

(excluding load current) Maximum 111 mA

Power dissipation 3.1 W max.

NOTE: For the BMX DDM 16025H, at 70 °C (158 °F) confirm that the
maximum pre-actuator power supply does not exceed 26.4 V.

WARNING
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Do not operate the BMX DDI 16025H at 70 °C (158 °F) if the sensor power
supply is greater than 29.0 V or less than 21.1 V. Overheating the module can
cause the loss of the input function.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

General Output Characteristics

The following table shows the general output characteristics of the BMX DDM
16025 and BMX DDM 16025H modules:

Output module type Eight 24 VDC/24-240 VAC relay outputs

Operating temperature BMX DDM 16025 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

BMX DDM 16025H -25...70 ºC (-13...158 ºF)

Nominal values Switching direct voltage 24 VDC resistive load

Switching direct current 2 A resistive load

Switching alternating voltage 220 VAC, Cos Φ = 1

Switching alternating current 2 A, Cos Φ = 1

Minimum switching load Voltage / Current 5 VDC / 1 mA.

Maximum switching load Voltage 264 VAC / 125 VDC

On-line module change Possibility

Response time Activation ≤ 8 ms

Deactivation ≤ 10 ms
Mechanical service life Number of switching 20 million or more

Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in hours 835 303

at ambient temperature 30 °C (86 °F)

Max. switching frequency Cycles per hour 3 600

Electrical service life Switching voltage / current

200 VAC / 1.5 A, 240 VAC / 1 A, Cos Φ = 0.7(1)

200 VAC / 0.4 A, 240 VAC / 0.3 A, Cos Φ = 0.7(2)

200 VAC / 1 A, 240 VAC / 0.5 A, Cos Φ = 0.35(1)

200 VAC / 0.3 A, 240 VAC / 0.15 A, Cos Φ = 0.35(2)

200 VAC / 1.5 A, 240 VAC / 1 A, Cos Φ = 0.7(1)

200 VAC / 0.4 A, 240 VAC / 0.3 A, Cos Φ = 0.7(2)

Noise immunity In noise simulation, 1500 V actual, width 1s and 25 to 60 Hz

Fuse type Internal None

External 1 fast blow fuse of 12 A for 8-channel group

226 35012474.20
BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module Discrete Input/Output Modules

Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 79 mA

Maximum 111 mA
24 V pre-actuator Typical 36 mA
consumption
Maximum 58 mA
Power dissipation 3.1 W max.

Dielectric strength Max. voltage 2830 VAC rms / cycles

Resistance of insulation 10 MΩ
(1) 1 x 105 cycles

(2) 3 x 105 cycles

NOTE: For the BMX DDM 16025H, at 70 °C (158 °F) confirm that the
maximum pre-actuator power supply does not exceed 24 VA.

WARNING
LOSS OF OUTPUT FUNCTION
Do not operate the BMX DDI 16025H at 70°C (158°F) if the pre-actuator power
supply is greater than 28.8 V or less than 19.2 V. Overheating the module can
cause the loss of the output function.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDM 16025 module is fitted with a removable 20-pin terminal block for
the connection of eight input channels and eight isolated relay output channels.

35012474.20 227
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of relay outputs.

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuses.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

228 35012474.20
BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module Discrete Input/Output Modules

The diagram below shows the connection of the module to the sensors and pre-
actuators.

input power supply: 24 VDC

output power supply: 24 VDC or 24...240 VAC
input fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
output fuse: 1 fast blow fuse of 12 A
pre-act: pre-actuator

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected
in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module
configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor
power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 285.

35012474.20 229
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 16025 Mixed Relay Input/Output module

After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and
the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last
recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

230 35012474.20
BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module Discrete Input/Output Modules

BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module

What’s in This Chapter
Introduction................................................................................................. 231
Characteristics ............................................................................................ 231
Connecting the Module ................................................................................ 234

Subject of this Section

This section presents the BMX DDM 3202 K module, its characteristics, and
explains how it is connected to the sensors and pre-actuators.

Introduction
Function
The BMX DDM 3202 K module is a 24 VDC discrete module connected via a 40-
pin connector. It is a positive logic module: its 16 input channels receive current
from the sensors (sink) and its 16 output channels provide current to the pre-
actuators (source).

Illustration

Characteristics
Altitude Operating Conditions
The characteristics in the following tables apply to the BMXDDM3202K module for
use at altitude up to 2000 m (6560 ft). When the module operates above 2000 m
(6560 ft), apply additional derating.
For detailed information, refer to the Operating and Storage Conditions topic in the
Modicon M580, M340, and X80 I/O Platforms, Standards and Certifications user
guide.

35012474.20 231
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module

General Input Characteristics

The following table shows the general input characteristics of the BMXDDM3202K
module:

Input module type 24 VDC positive logic inputs

Operating temperature 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

Nominal input values Voltage 24 VDC

Current 2.5 mA
Threshold input values At 1 Voltage ≥ 11 V

Current > 2 mA for U ≥ 11 V

At 0 Voltage 5V

Current < 0.5 mA

Sensor supply (including ripple) 19...30 V (possibly up to 34 V, limited to 1 hour/day)

Input impedance At nominal U 9.6 kΩ

Response time Typical 4 ms

Maximum 7 ms
Input type Current sink

Input type in compliance with IEC 61131-2 standard Type 1

Reverse polarity Protected

2-wire / 3-wire proximity sensor compatibility (IEC 60947-5-2 standard 2-wire (DC) and 3-wire (DC) PNP any type, page 73
compliant)

Fuse type Internal None

External 1 fast blow fuse of 0.5 A for 16-channel group

Reliability MTBF for continuous operation in 650 614

hours at ambient temperature 30 °C
(86 °F)

Dielectric strength Primary/secondary 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

Between input/output groups 500 VDC

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

Paralleling of inputs No

Sensor voltage: monitoring OK > 18 V

threshold
Error < 14 V
Sensor voltage: monitoring On appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
response time at 24 V (-15% ...
+20%) On disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms

Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 125 mA

Maximum 166 mA
24 V pre-actuator consumption Typical 69 mA

(excluding load current) Maximum 104 mA

Power dissipation 4 W max.

General Output Characteristics

The following table shows the general output characteristics of the
BMXDDM3202K module:

Output module type 24 VDC positive logic static outputs

Operating temperature 0...60 ºC (32...140 ºF)

232 35012474.20
BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module Discrete Input/Output Modules

Temperature derating Apply the temperature derating curve , page 29

Nominal values Voltage 24 VDC

Current 0.1 A
Threshold values Voltage (including ripple) 19...30 V (34 V possible for 1 hour/day)

Current/channel 0.125 A
Current/module 3.2 A
Power of tungsten filament lamp Maximum 1.2 W

Leakage current at 0 100 μA for U = 30 V

Voltage drop at 1 < 1.5 V for I = 0.1 A

Load impedance Minimum 220 Ω

Response time(1) 1.2 ms

Max. overload time before internal damage 15 ms

Reliability MTBF for continuous 650 614

operation in hours at ambient
temperature 30 °C (86 °F)

Frequency of switching to inductive load 0.5 / LI2 Hz

Paralleling of outputs Yes (maximum of 3)

Compatibility with IEC 61131-2 DC direct inputs Yes (type 3 and no type)

Built-in protection Against over voltage Yes, by Transil diode

Against inversions Yes, by inverted diode(2)

Against short-circuits and Yes, by current limiter and electric circuit-

overloads breaker 0.125 A < Id < 0.185 A
Fuse type Internal None
External 1 fast blow fuse of 2 A for 16-channel group

Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring threshold OK > 18 V

Error < 14 V
Pre-actuator voltage: monitoring response time at On appearance 8 ms < T < 30 ms
24 V (-15% ... +20%)
On disappearance 1 ms < T < 3 ms

Power consumption 3.3 V Typical 125 mA

Maximum 166 mA
24 V pre-actuator consumption Typical 69 mA

(excluding load current) Maximum 104 mA

Power dissipation 4 W max.

Dielectric strength Output / ground or output / 1500 V actual, 50 / 60 Hz for 1 min.

internal logic

Resistance of insulation >10 MΩ (below 500 VDC)

(1) All outputs are equipped with fast demagnetization circuits for electromagnet. Electromagnet discharge time < L/R.

(2) Provide a 2 A fuse to the +24 V pre-actuator supply.

35012474.20 233
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module

Connecting the Module

At a Glance
The BMX DDM 3202 K module is fitted with a 40-pin connector for the connection
of sixteen input channels and sixteen output channels.

Input Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current input (positive logic).

234 35012474.20
BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module Discrete Input/Output Modules

Output Circuit Diagram

The following diagram shows the circuit of a direct current output (positive logic).

Module Connection

DANGER
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK, EXPLOSION OR ARC FLASH
Switch off the sensor and pre-actuator voltages before connecting or
disconnecting the module.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
LOSS OF INPUT FUNCTION
Install the correct rating and type of fuse.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in injury or equipment
damage.

35012474.20 235
Discrete Input/Output Modules BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module

The following diagram shows the connection of the module to the sensors and
pre-actuators.

0 1
20
2 3
19
4 5
18
Run Err I/O
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 17
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
8 9
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 16
10 11
15
12 13
14

14 15
13
SPS+ SPS- FUSE
12 SPS+ SPS-
SPS+ SPS-
11
Q16 Q17 Pre-act.
10 Pre-act.
Q18 Q19 Pre-act.
9 Pre-act.
Q20 Q21 Pre-act.
8 Pre-act.
Q22 Q23
Pre-act.
7 Pre-act.
Q24 Q25 Pre-act.
6 Pre-act.
Q26 Q27 Pre-act.
5 Pre-act.
Q28 Q29 Pre-act.
4 Pre-act.
Pre-act.
Q30 Q31
3 Pre-act.
PPS+ PPS- FUSE
2 PPS+ PPS-
PPS+ PPS-
1

power supply: 24 VDC

input fuse: fast blow fuse of 0.5 A
output fuse: fast blow fuse of 2 A
pre-act: pre-actuator
SPS: sensor power supply
PPS: pre-actuator power supply

236 35012474.20
BMX DDM 3202 K Mixed Static Input/Output Module Discrete Input/Output Modules

Sensor Power Outage

After a power sensor outage, if the Supply monitoring check box is not selected
in the module configuration screen then the digital input can stay active.

WARNING
DIGITAL INPUT STATE INACTIVE AFTER A SENSOR POWER OUTAGE
Do not click to clear the Supply monitoring check box in the module
configuration screen to guarantee the digital input state inactive after sensor
power outage.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

To access the Supply monitoring check box, refer to chapter How to Modify the
External Power Supply Error Monitoring Parameter, page 285.
After the sensor power outage, the I/O (red) LED of the module switches on and
the last recorded position of the sensor is displayed by the input channel status
LED's.

WARNING
CHANNEL LED INFORMATION NOT MATCHING SENSORS POSITION
After a sensor power outage:
• The I/O error LED is on
• Do not take into account the input LEDs information (they show the last
recorded position of the sensors, not their real positions)
• Check the real positions on the sensors.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

35012474.20 237
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the

Discrete I/O Modules
What’s in This Chapter
Introduction to the TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for Discrete I/
O ............................................................................................................... 239
Connection Principles for the TELEFAST 2 Interfaces for Discrete I/O ............. 246
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R10/08R11 and ABE-7H16R10/16R11 Connection
Bases......................................................................................................... 250
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R10/12R11 Connection Bases.................................. 252
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-7H16R20/16R21/16R23 Connection
Bases......................................................................................................... 254
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R20/12R21 Connection Bases ................................. 256
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08S21/16S21 Connection Bases.................................. 258
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12S21 Connection Base .............................................. 260
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R30/16R31 Connection Bases ................................. 262
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R50 Connection Base.............................................. 264
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R50 Connection Base.............................................. 266
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16F43 Connection Base .............................................. 268
TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16S43 Connection Base .............................................. 269
TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories.................................................. 270

Aim of this Chapter

This chapter describes the TELEFAST 2 interface links for the discrete input/
output modules.

238 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Introduction to the TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for

Discrete I/O
Aim of this section
This section describes the range of TELEFAST 2 products which allow the
discrete input and output modules to be connected quickly to the operating pieces.

General Overview of TELEFAST 2 Connection Interfaces for

Discrete I/O Modules
At a Glance
The TELEFAST 2 system is a group of products which enableS discrete input and
output modules to be quickly connected to operational components. It replaces
20-pin terminal blocks, thus doing away with single wire connections.
The TELEFAST 2 system, which consists of connection bases for interfaces and
connection cables, can only be connected to modules which are fitted with 40-pin
connectors.
Several base types can be identified:
• connection interface bases for 8/12/16-channel discrete inputs/outputs
• bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for inputs with 16 isolated
channels
• bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for static outputs with 8 and
16 channels
• bases for connection and adaptation interfaces relating to relay outputs with 8
and 16 channels
• bases for adapter splitting 16 channels into 2 x 8 channels
• bases for connection and adaptation interfaces relating to outputs, with or
without removable electromechanical or static relays, with 16 channels
• input bases for 12.5-mm wide static relays

TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases Catalog

At a Glance
The catalog of TELEFAST 2 bases for discrete input/output modules is shown
here.

Catalog
The table below shows the catalog of connection interface bases for 8/12/16-
channel discrete I/Os.

35012474.20 239
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

Reference 08R10 08S21 12R50 12R10 16R10 12S21 16S43 (1)

ABE-7H••
08R11 16R50 12R20 16R11 16S21 16F43 (2)

08R21 12R21 16R20

16R21

16R23

16R30

16R31
Base types Connection interface bases for 8/12/16-channel discrete I/Os.

Sub groups 8-channel bases Compact 12 12 and 16-channel bases

and 16-
channel
bases
Illustration
TELEFAST 2 base TELEFAST 2 base

Description - with 1 isolator/ - - with 1 isolator/ with 1 fuse + 1

channel channel isolator/
channel
(1) for inputs

(2) for outputs

Illustration
The principle for identifying the connection interface bases for 8/12/16-channel
discrete I/Os is as follows.

Description
The table below describes the different elements which make it possible to identify
the connection interface bases for 8/12/16-channel discrete I/Os.

Number Description

(1) 08 = 8-channel base

12 = 12-channel base

16 = 16-channel base
(2) Primary function:
• R = simple connection
• S = isolator/channel
• F = fuse/channel

240 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Number Description

(3) 1 = with 1 screw terminal per channel on 1 level

2 = with 2 screw terminals per channel on 2 levels

3 = with 3 screw terminals per channel on 3 levels

4 = with 2 screw terminals per channel on 1 level

5 = with 1 screw terminal per channel on 2 levels

(4) 0 or even number = without LED display per channel

odd number = with LED display per channel

Catalog
The table below shows the catalog of bases for connection and adaptation
interfaces for inputs with 16 isolated channels.

ABE-7S•• 16E2B1 16E2E1 16E2E0 16E2F0 16E2M0

reference
Base types Bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for inputs with 16 isolated channels.

Illustration
TELEFAST 2 base

Description 16 x 24 VDC inputs 16 x 48 VDC inputs 16 x 48 VAC inputs 16 x 110...120 VAC 16 x 220...240 VAC
inputs inputs

The table below shows the catalog of bases for connection and adaptation
interfaces for static outputs with 8 and 16 channels.

ABE-7S•• 08S2B0 08S2B1 16S2B0 16S2B2

reference
Base types Bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for static outputs with 8 and 16 channels.

Sub groups 8-channel bases 16-channel bases

Illustration
TELEFAST 2 base TELEFAST 2 base

Description 8 static 24 VDC / 0.5A outputs, with 8 static 24 VDC / 2A 16 static 24 VDC / 0.5A 16 static 24 VDC / 0.5A
error detection transfer to PLC. outputs, with error outputs, with error outputs, without error
detection transfer to detection transfer to detection transfer to
PLC. PLC. PLC.

The table below shows the catalog of bases for connection and adaptation
interfaces for relay outputs with 8 and 16 channels.

35012474.20 241
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

ABE-7R•• 08S111 08S210 16S111 16S210 16S212

reference
Base types Bases for connection and adaptation interfaces for relay outputs with 8 and 16 channels.

Sub groups 8-channel bases 16-channel bases

Illustration
TELEFAST 2 base TELEFAST 2 base TELEFAST 2 base

Description 8 relay outputs, 1 F with 8 relay outputs, 16 relay outputs, 16 relay outputs, 1 F, 16 relay outputs, 1 F
+ or alternating polarity 1 F, potential 1 F, 2 x 8 shared potential free contact. with distribution of the 2
distribution. free contact. + or alternating. polarities by 8-channel
group.

The table below displays the catalog entry showing the connection base for the
adapter splitting 16 channels into 2 x 8 channels.

ABE-7A•• reference CC02

Base types Bases for adapter splitting 16 channels into 2 x 8 channels.

Illustration
TELEFAST 2 base

Description Allows splitting of:

• 16 channels into two x 8 channels
• 12 channels into 8 channels + 4 channels

The table below shows the catalog of output adaptation interface bases with or
without removable electromechanical or static relays with 16 channels.

242 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

ABE-7•• R16T210 P16T210 P16T214 R16T212 P16T212 P16T215 P16T318

reference
Base types Output adaptation interface bases with or without removable electromechanical or static relays with 16
channels
Sub groups Output bases, 1 F, potential free contact. Output bases, 1 F, distribution of the 2 Output base, 1 F,
polarities by 8-channel group. distribution of the
2 polarities by 4-
channel group.

Illustration
TELEFAST 2 base

Description with 10-mm 10-mm wide 10-mm wide with 10-mm 10-mm wide 10-mm wide 12.5-mm wide relay,
wide electro- relay not relay not wide electro- relay not relay not not provided, 1 fuse
mechanical provided provided, 1 mechanical provided provided, 1 + 1 isolator/channel
relay fuse/channel relay fuse/
channel

The table below shows the catalog of output adaptation interface bases with or
without removable electromechanical or static relays with 16 channels
(continued).

ABE-7•• R16T230 R16T330 P16T330 P16T334 R16T231 R16T332 P16T332 R16T370

reference
Base types Output adaptation interface bases with or without removable electromechanical or static relay with 16 channels
(continued).

Sub groups Output bases, 1 OF, potential free contact. Output Output bases, 1 OF, Output
bases, 1 distribution of the 2 bases, 2
OF, shared polarities by 8-channel OF,
by 8- group. potential
channel free
group. contact.

Illustration
TELEFAST 2 base

Description with 10-mm with 12.5- 12.5-mm 12.5-mm with 10-mm with 12.5- 12.5-mm with 12.5-
wide electro- mm wide wide relay, wide relay, wide mm wide wide relay, mm wide
mechanical electro- not not electro- electro- not electro-
relay mechanical provided provided, 1 mechanical mechanical provided mechanical
relay fuse/ relay relay relay
channel

The table below shows the catalog of input bases for 12.5-mm wide static relays.

35012474.20 243
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

ABE-7P•• reference 16F310 16F312

Base types Input bases for 12.5-mm wide static relays

Illustration
TELEFAST 2 base

Description potential free distribution of the 2 polarities by 8-channel group

Combination of Discrete I/O Modules and TELEFAST 2

Connection Bases
Compatibility Table
The following table summarizes compatibility between Discrete I/O modules and
TELEFAST 2 connection bases.

BMX DDI 3202 K BMX DDI 6402 K BMX DDO 3202 K BMX DDO 6402 K BMX DDM 3202 K
1 connector 2 connectors 1 connector 2 connectors 1 connector
Connection bases
8 channels
ABE-7H08R•• + (1) + (1) + (1) + (1) + (1)

ABE-7H08S21 + (1) + (1) + (1) + (1) + (1)

12 channels
ABE-7H12R•• - - - - -

ABE-7H12S21 - - - - -

16 channels
ABE-7H16R•• + + + + +

ABE-7H16S21 + + + + +

ABE-7H16R23 + + - - +

ABE-7H16F43 - - + + -

ABE-7H16S43 - - - - -

Input adapter connection bases

16 channels
ABE-7S16E2•• + + - - +

ABE-7P16F3•• + + - - +

Output adapter connection bases

8 channels
ABE-7S08S2•• - - + (1) + (1) + (1)

ABE-7R08S••• - - + (1) + (1) + (1)

16 channels
ABE-7R16S••• - - + + +

ABE-7R16T••• - - + + +

244 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

BMX DDI 3202 K BMX DDI 6402 K BMX DDO 3202 K BMX DDO 6402 K BMX DDM 3202 K
1 connector 2 connectors 1 connector 2 connectors 1 connector
ABE-7P16T••• - - + + +

(1) With 16 to 2 x 8 channel adapter ABBE-7ACC02

+ Compatible

- Not compatible

35012474.20 245
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

Connection Principles for the TELEFAST 2 Interfaces for

Discrete I/O
Aim of this section
This section describes the connection principles for the TELEFAST 2 products for
discrete input/output modules.

Connecting a Discrete Input/Output Module to a TELEFAST 2

Base Interface
At a Glance
A discrete input/output module with a 40-pin connector can be connected to the
TELEFAST 2 connection base with a connection cable, page 68.

Illustration
The following diagram shows the connection of a discrete input/output module
with a 40-pin connector to a TELEFAST 2 connection base.

246 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Illustration
The following diagram shows an example specific to the connection of 16
channels in 2 x 8-channel groups via the ABE-7ACC02 adapter base.

Dimensions and Mounting of the TELEFAST 2 Connection Bases

At a Glance
Here is an overview of the dimensions of different TELEFAST 2 connection
products and their mounting methods.

Illustration
The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the products: ABE-
7H••R1•, ABE-7H••R5•, ABE-7H••R2•, ABE-7H••S21, ABE-7H16R3•, ABE-
7S08S2B0, ABE-7R••S1••, ABE-7R08S210.

(1) Dimension with additional shunt terminal block ABE-7BV20 or ABE-7BV10.

35012474.20 247
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the products: ABE-7H16S43, ABE-7S16E2••, ABE-
7S08S2B1, ABE-7S16S2B•, ABE-7H16F43•, ABE-7R16S21.

The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the product ABE-7ACC02.

The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the products: ABE-7R16T2•• and ABE-7P16T2••.

(1) Dimension with additional shunt terminal block ABE-7BV20 or ABE-7BV10.

248 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

The illustration below shows the dimensions (in mm) of the products: ABE-7R16T3•• and ABE-7P16T3••.

(1) Dimension with additional shunt terminal block ABE-7BV20 or ABE-7BV10.

Mounting
The TELEFAST 2 bases are mounted on 35-mm wide DIN mounting rails.

WARNING
UNEXPECTED EQUIPMENT OPERATION
Install the input adaptation bases ABE-7S16E2E1 and static output adaptation
bases ABE-7S••S2B• lengthways and horizontally to prevent the device from
overheating and unexpected operation.
Failure to follow these instructions can result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.

35012474.20 249
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R10/08R11 and ABE-7H16R10/

16R11 Connection Bases
Aim of this section
This section introduces the TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R10/08R11 and ABE-
7H16R10/16R11 connection bases.

Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H08R10/R11

and ABE-7H16R10/R11 Bases
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2
bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse
rated 6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated
according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the
maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
• output functions:
◦ 2 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H16R•• base
◦ 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H08R•• base

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

250 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.

Connecting the common for sensors:

• onto terminals 1 or 2: sensors to the ‘+’ of the supply (positive logic inputs)
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
• onto terminals 3 or 4: pre-actuators to the ‘-’ of the supply (positive logic
outputs)

35012474.20 251
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R10/12R11 Connection Bases

Aim of this section
This section introduces the TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R10/12R11 connection
bases.

Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R10/R11

Bases
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2
bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse
rated 6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated
according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the
maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
• output functions: 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H12R ••base

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.

252 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Connecting the common for sensors:

• onto terminals 1 or 2: sensors to the ‘+’ of the supply (positive logic inputs)
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
• several terminals linked to the ‘-‘ polarity (3, 4, 200, 201, 202, and 203)
allowing sharing in groups of 4 or 2 channels (positive logic outputs)

35012474.20 253
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-7H16R20/16R21/

16R23 Connection Bases
Aim of this section
This section introduces the TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08R21 and ABE-7H16R20/
16R21/16R23 connection bases.

Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H08R21 and

ABE-7H16R20/R21/R23 Bases for Type 2 Inputs
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2
bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse
rated 2 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated
according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the
maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
• output functions:
◦ 2 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H16R•• base
◦ 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H08R•• base

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

254 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.

Connecting the common for sensors:

• In order to create the shared sensor supply, position the jumper (1) on
terminals 1 and 2: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘+’ of the supply
(positive logic inputs).
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
• In order to create the shared supply for the pre-actuators, position the jumper
(2) on terminals 3 and 4: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘-’ of the supply
(positive logic outputs).

35012474.20 255
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R20/12R21 Connection Bases

Aim of this section
This section introduces the TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R20/12R21 connection
bases.

Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R20/

12R21 Bases
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2
bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse
rated 6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated
according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the
maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
• output functions: 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H12R•• base

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

256 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.

Connecting the common for sensors:

• In order to create the shared sensor supply, position the jumper (1) on
terminals 1 and 2: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘+’ of the supply
(positive logic inputs).
Terminals 216, 217, 218 and 219 are linked to the ‘-‘ polarity.
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
• In order to create the shared supply for the pre-actuators, position the jumper
(2) on terminals 3 and 4: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘-’ of the supply
(positive logic outputs).
Terminals 216, 217, 218 and 219 are linked to the ‘-‘ polarity

35012474.20 257
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08S21/16S21 Connection Bases

Aim of this section
This section introduces the connection basesTELEFAST 2 ABE-7H08S21/16S21.

Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on ABE-7H08S21/16S21

Bases with One Isolator per Channel
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on TELEFAST 2
bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse
rated 2 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated
according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the
maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
• output functions:
◦ 2 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H16S21 base
◦ 6.3 A quick blow on the ABE-7H08S21 base

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

258 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.

Connecting the common for sensors:

• In order to create the shared sensor supply, position the jumper (1) on
terminals 1 and 2: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘+’ of the supply
(positive logic inputs).
Connecting the common for actuators:
• In order to create the shared supply for the actuators, position the jumper (2)
on terminals 3 and 4: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘-’ of the supply
(positive logic outputs).

35012474.20 259
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12S21 Connection Base

Aim of this section
This section describes the connection base TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12S21.

Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12S21 Base

with 1 Isolator per Channel
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and actuator connections on the TELEFAST 2
base.
NOTE: The base is manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse
rated 6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated
according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the
maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
• output functions: 6.3A quick-blow on the ABE-7H12S21 base

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

260 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.

Connecting the common for sensors:

• In order to create the shared sensor supply, position the jumper (1) on
terminals 1 and 2: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘+’ of the supply
(positive logic inputs).
Terminals 216, 217, 218 and 219 are linked to the ‘-‘ polarity.
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
• In order to create the shared supply for the pre-actuators, position the jumper
(2) on terminals 3 and 4: terminals 200 to 215 will be on the ‘-’ of the supply
(positive logic outputs).
Terminals 216, 217, 218 and 219 are linked to the ‘-‘ polarity.

35012474.20 261
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R30/16R31 Connection Bases

Aim of this section
This section introduces the connection basesTELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R30/
16R31.

Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H16R30/R31

Bases
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.
NOTE: The bases are manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse
rated 2 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated
according to the application and the maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5A quick-blow

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

262 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Illustration
Input function connections.

Connecting the common for sensors:

• to create the shared sensor supply:
◦ position the jumper wire (1) on terminals 1 and 2: terminal blocks 200 to
215 will be at the "+" of the supply
◦ link terminal 4 to one of the C terminals of the 3rd level (2): terminal blocks
300 to 315 will be at the "-" of the supply
NOTE: The ABE-7H16R30/R31 base can also be used for connecting
actuators.

35012474.20 263
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R50 Connection Base

Aim of this section
This section describes the connection base TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H12R50.

Sensor and Pre-actuator Connections on the ABE-7H12R50

Bases
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and pre-actuator connections on the TELEFAST
2 base.
NOTE: The base is manufactured with a general-purpose, quick-blow fuse
rated 6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated
according to the application (connection to input or output functions) and the
maximum current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5 A quick-blow
• output functions: 6.3 A quick-blow on the ABE-7H12R50 base

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.

264 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Connecting the common for sensors:

• onto terminals 1 or 2: sensors to the ‘+’ of the supply (positive logic inputs).
Terminals 200, 201, 202 and 203 are linked to the ‘-‘ polarity
Connecting the common for pre-actuators:
• several terminals linked to the ‘-‘ polarity (3, 4, 200, 202, and 203) allow
sharing in groups of 4 or 2 channels (positive logic outputs)

35012474.20 265
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R50 Connection Base

Aim of this section
This section describes the connection base TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16R50.

Sensor and Actuator Connections on the ABE-7H16R50 Base

At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor and actuator connections on the TELEFAST 2
base.
NOTE: The base is manufactured with a general-purpose, fast-blow fuse rated
6.3 A. To guarantee optimum protection, this fuse should be rated according to
the application (connection to input or output functions) and the maximum
current allowable in the base.
Type and rating of fuse to be fitted to the base:
• input functions: 0.5A fast blow
• output functions: 2A fast blow on the ABE-7H16R50 base

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

Illustration
Connections for input and output functions.

Connecting the common for sensors:

266 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

• onto terminals 1 or 2: sensors to the ‘+’ of the supply (positive logic inputs)
Connecting the common for actuators:
• onto terminals 3 or 4: actuators to the ‘-’ of the supply (positive logic outputs)

35012474.20 267
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16F43 Connection Base

Aim of this section
This section describes the connection base TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16F43.

Actuator Connections on ABE-7H16F43 Output Base with One

Fuse and One isolator per Channel
At a Glance
This is an overview of the actuator connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

Illustration
Output connection functions.

Functionality per channel:

• original fitted 0.125 A fuse
• isolator cuts the ‘-’ and the channel signal simultaneously
NOTE: Terminals 200..215 are connected to the ‘-’ polarity of the supply.

268 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16S43 Connection Base

Aim of this section
This section describes the connection base TELEFAST 2 ABE-7H16S43.

Sensor Connections on ABE-7H16S43 Output Base with One

Fuse and One Isolator per Channel
At a Glance
This is an overview of the sensor connections on TELEFAST 2 bases.

Illustration
Description of the connection terminal blocks.

Illustration
Input function connections.

Functionality per channel:

• 0.125 A fuse fitted during manufacture
• isolator cuts the ‘+’ and the channel signal simultaneously
NOTE: Terminals 200...215 are connected to the ‘+’ polarity of the supply.

35012474.20 269
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories

Aim of this Section
This section introduces the TELEFAST 2 connection bases’ range of accessories.

TELEFAST 2 Connection Base Accessories Catalog

At a Glance
This is an overview of the TELEFAST 2 connection base accessories catalog for
discrete I/O modules.

Catalog
The table below shows the TELEFAST 2 connection base accessories catalog.

Product reference Illustration Description

Additional shunt terminal block

ABE-7BV10 Terminal block fitted with 10 screw terminal blocks
ABE-7BV20 Terminal block fitted with 20 screw terminal blocks

Adapter base

ABE-7ACC02 Enables the connection of 16 channels in 2 x 8-channel groups

Mounting kit

ABE-7ACC01 Enables the bases to be mounted on monoblock mounting plates

Sealed cable lead-through

ABE-7ACC84 Allows transit through cabinets without cutting the cables

Transit through cabinet

ABE-7ACC83 40-pin connectors for 8/12 channels -> M23 cylindrical connector

ABE-7ACC82 40-pin connectors for 16 channels -> M23 cylindrical connector

270 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Product reference Illustration Description

ABE-7ACC80 40-pin connectors for 32 channels -> HARTING type connector

ABE-7ACC81 Plug-in connector for ABE-7ACC80

Removable continuity module

ABE-7ACC20 Width 10 mm
ABE-7ACC21 Width 12.5 mm
Customer identification label marking software

ABE-7LOGV10 - -

5 x 20 quick-blow glass fuse

ABE-7FU012 0.125 A
ABE-7FU050 0.5 A
ABE-7FU100 1A
ABE-7FU200 2A
ABE-7FU630 6.3 A
Adhesive marker holder
AR1-SB3 For AB1-R. / AB1-G type markers

Relays for ABE-7R16T•••, ABE-7P16T••• and ABE-7P16F••• bases

ABR-7S••• (1) Output electromechanical relay (4)

ABE-7S3•• and ABE-7S2••
ABS-7S••• (2) Output static relay (4)

ABS-7E••• (3) Input static relay (4)

(1) For electrical characteristics, see Characteristics of the Removable ABR-7xxx Electromechanical Output Relays, page 273.

(2) For electrical characteristics, see Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Sxx Static Output Relays, page 274.

(3) For electrical characteristics, see Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Exx Static input Relays, page 273.

(4) Contingency table of relays for bases, see Association Table for the Relays on ABE-7R16Txxx, ABE-7P16Txxx and ABE-7P16Fxxx
Bases, page 272.

35012474.20 271
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

Association Table for the Relays on ABE-7R16Txxx, ABE-

7P16Txxx and ABE-7P16Fxxx Bases
At a Glance
The table for comparison between the TELEFAST 2 ABE-7R16T•••, ABE-
7P16T••• and ABE-7P16F••• link bases and the electromagnetic or static relays is
described here.

Compatibility Table
The table below shows the association possibilities for the electromagnetic or
static relays on the TELEFAST 2 bases.

Bases ABE-7•• equipped with electromagnetic relays not equipped with relays

R16T21• R16T23• R16T33• R16T370 P16T21• P16T33• P16T318 P16F31•

Electromagnetic relays from ABR-7••• output

10 mm S21 1F X - - - X - - -

S23 1OF X (1) X - - - - - -

12.5 mm S33 1OF - - X - - X X -

S37 2OF - - - X - - - -

Static relays from ABS-S•• output

10 mm C2E X (1) - - - X - - -

A2M X (1) - - - X - - -

12.5 mm C3BA - - X (1) - - X (2) X -

C3E - - X (1) - - X X -

A3M - - X (1) - - X X -

Static relays from ABS-7E•• input

12.5 mm C3AL - - - - - - - X
C3B2 - - - - - - - X
C3E2 - - - - - - - X
A3E5 - - - - - - - X
A3F5 - - - - - - - X
A3F6 - - - - - - - X
A3M5 - - - - - - - X
A3M6 - - - - - - - X
ABE-7••• continuity block

10 mm ACC20 X - - - X - - -

12.5 mm ACC21 - - X - - X X -

X compatible

- not compatible

(1) relays can be in line

(2) except on ABE-7P16T334

272 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Characteristics of the Removable ABR-7xxx Electromechanical

Output Relays
At a Glance
The general characteristics of the removable ABR-7••• electromechanical output
relays for TELEFAST 2 bases are described in this section.

General Characteristics
This table shows the general characteristics of the ABR-7••• relays.

ABR-7••• reference S21 S23 S33 S37

Relay width 10 mm 12.5 mm

Characteristics of the contacts

Composition of the contacts 1F 1 OF 2 OF

Max. operating voltage according to IEC 947-5-1 Alternating 250 V 264 V

Direct 125 V
Thermal current 4A 5A
Frequency of current used 50/60 Hz

Alternating current load Resistive, load AC12 Voltage 230 VAC

Current 1.5 A 1.2 A 3A 2.5 A

Inductive load AC15 Voltage 230 VAC

Current 0.9 A 0.7 A 1.7 A 1.3 A

Direct current load Resistive, load DC12 Voltage 24 VDC

Current 1.5 A 1.2 A 3A 2.5 A

Inductive load DC13, L/R Voltage 24 VDC
= 10 ms
Current 0.6 A 0.45 A 1.4 A 1A
Minimum switching Current 10 mA 100 mA
Voltage 5V

Response time State 0 to 1 10 ms 13 ms 15 ms

State 1 to 0 5 ms 13 ms 20 ms

Maximum speed of function loading 0.5 Hz

Voltage assigned insulation Coil/contact 300 V

Voltage assigned shock resistance (1.2/50) Coil/contact 2.5 kV

(1) for 0.5 x 106 maneuvers

Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Exx Static input Relays

At a Glance
The general characteristics of the removable ABS-7E•• static input relays for
TELEFAST 2 bases are described in this section.

General Characteristics
This table shows the general characteristics of the ABS-7E•• relays.

35012474.20 273
 TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Discrete Input/Output Modules Modules

ABS-7E•• reference C3AL C3B2 C3E2 A3E5 A3F5 A3M5

Relay width 12.5 mm

Command characteristics
Assigned operating voltage Direct 5V 24 V 48 V -
(Us)
Alternating - 48 V 110..130 V 230..240 V

Max. operating voltage (including ripple) 6V 30 V 60 V 53 V 143 V 264 V

Max. current at Us 13.6 mA 15 mA 12 mA 8.3 mA 8 mA

State 1 guaranteed Voltage 3.75 V 11 V 30 V 32 V 79 V 164 V

Current 4.5 mA 6 mA 5 mA 4.5 mA

State 0 guaranteed Voltage 2V 5V 10 V 30 V 40 V

Current 0.09 mA 2 mA 1.5 mA 2 mA

Maximum switching frequency (cyclic report 1000 Hz 25 Hz
50%)

Complies with IEC1131-2 - Type 2 Type 1

Response time State 0 to 1 0.05 ms 20 ms

State 1 to 0 0.4 ms 20 ms
Voltage assigned to Input/output 300 V
insulation
Voltage assigned to shock Input/output 2.5 kV
resistance (1.2/50)

Characteristics of the Removable ABS-7Sxx Static Output Relays

At a Glance
The general characteristics of the removable ABS-7S•• static output relays for
TELEFAST 2 bases are described in this section.

General Characteristics
This table shows the general characteristics of the ABS-7S•• relays.

ABS-7S•• reference C2E A2M C3BA C3E A3M

Relay width 10 mm 12.5 mm

Output circuit characteristics

Voltage assigned to job Direct 5..48 V - 24 V 5..48 V -

Alternating - 24..240 V - 24..240 V

Max. voltage 57.6 VDC 264 VAC 30 VDC 60 VDC 264 VAC

Alternating Resistive, load Current - 0.5 A - 2A

current load AC12
Direct current Resistive, load Current 0.5 A - 2A 1.5 A -
load DC12
Inductive load Current - - 0.3 A -
DC13
Filament lamp load DC6 - 10 W -

Leakage current at state 0 <= 0.5 mA <= 2 mA <= 0.3 mA <= 2 mA

Breakdown voltage at state 1 <= 1 V <= 1.1 V <= 0.3 V <= 1.3 V

Minimum current through channel 1 mA 10 mA 1 mA 10 mA

Response time State 0 to 1 0.1 ms 10 ms 0.1 ms 10 ms

274 35012474.20
TELEFAST 2 Connection Interface Links for the Discrete I/O
Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

ABS-7S•• reference C2E A2M C3BA C3E A3M

State 1 to 0 0.6 ms 10 ms 0.02 ms 0.6 ms 10 ms
Switching frequency on inductive load - < 0.5 LI2 -

Voltage assigned to insulation Input/output 300 V

Voltage assigned to shock Input/output 2.5 kV

resistance (1.2/50)

35012474.20 275
Discrete Input/Output Modules

Discrete Input/Output Modules Software

Implementation
What’s in This Part
General Introduction to the Application-Specific Discrete Function .................. 277
Configuration ............................................................................................... 279
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects ................................ 288
Debugging ................................................................................................... 307
Diagnostics of the Modules .......................................................................... 312

Subject of this Part

This part describes the application-specific discrete functions for Modicon Mx80
PLCs and describes their implementation with the Control Expert software.

276 35012474.20
General Introduction to the Application-Specific Discrete
Function Discrete Input/Output Modules

General Introduction to the Application-Specific

Discrete Function
What’s in This Chapter
Overview .................................................................................................... 277

Subject of this Section

This chapter describes the application-specific discrete function on Modicon Mx80
PLCs.

Overview

Introduction
The software installation of the application-specific modules is carried out from
various Control Expert editors in both online and offline modes.
If you do not have a processor to connect to, Control Expert allows you to carry
out an initial test using the simulator. In this case there are differences in the
installation, page 278.
The following order of installation phases is recommended but it is possible to
change the order of certain phases (for example, starting with the configuration
phase).

Installation Phases with Processor

The following table shows the various phases of installation with the processor.

Phase Description Mode

Declaration of Declaration of IODDT-type variables for the application-specific Offline /

variables modules and variables of the project Online

Programming Project programming Offline /

Online
Configuration Declaration of modules Offline
Module channel configuration

Entry of configuration parameters

Association Association of IODDTs with the channels configured (variable editor) Offline /
Online
Generation Project generation (analysis and editing of links) Offline

Transfer Transfer project to PLC Online

Adjustment Project debugging from debug screens, animation tables Online

Debugging Modifying the program and adjustment parameters

Documenta- Building documentation file and printing miscellaneous information Offline /

tion relating to the project Online

Operation/ Displaying miscellaneous information necessary for supervisory Online

Diagnostic control of the project

35012474.20 277
 General Introduction to the Application-Specific Discrete
Discrete Input/Output Modules Function

Phase Description Mode

Diagnostic of project and modules

Implementation Phases with Simulator

The following table shows the various phases of installation with the simulator.

Phase Description Mode

Declaration of Declaration of IODDT-type variables for the application-specific Offline /

variables modules and variables of the project Online

Programming Project programming Offline /

Online
Configuration Declaration of modules Offline
Module channel configuration

Entry of configuration parameters

Association Association of IODDTs with the modules configured (variable editor) Offline /
Online
Generation Project generation (analysis and editing of links) Offline

Transfer Transfer project to simulator Online

Simulation Program simulation without inputs/outputs Online

Adjustment Project debugging from debug screens, animation tables Online

Debugging Modifying the program and adjustment parameters

Note: The simulator is only used for the discrete or analog modules.

278 35012474.20
Configuration Discrete Input/Output Modules

Configuration
What’s in This Chapter
Configuration of Discrete Modules: General Points ........................................ 279
Discrete Input and Output Channel Parameters ............................................. 282
Configuration of Discrete Module Parameters................................................ 284

Subject of this Section

This section describes the configuration of application-specific discrete modules
for implementation.

Configuration of Discrete Modules: General Points

Overview
This section describes the basic operations required to configure a Modicon X80
discrete module.

Discrete Module Configuration Screen in Modicon Mx80 local

rack
At a Glance
The configuration screen is a graphic tool designed for configuring a module
selected in a rack. It displays the parameters defined for this module’s channels,
and enables their modification in offline mode and on-line mode.
It also provides access to the debug screen (in on-line mode only).
NOTE: It is not possible to configure a module by programming using direct
language objects %KW, page 300; these words are accessible in read only
format.
NOTE: With module firmware 2.4 or any subsequent supporting version(s),
you can access the modules either via topological or State RAM addresses.
Please refer to Memory Tab (see EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Operating
Modes) and Topological/State RAM Addressing of Modicon X80 Discrete
Modules, page 316.

35012474.20 279
Discrete Input/Output Modules Configuration

Illustration
This screen enables the display and modification of parameters in offline mode, as
well as debug in online mode.

Description
The next table shows the various elements of the configuration screen and their
functions.

Address Element Function

1 Tabs The tab in the foreground indicates the mode in progress (Configuration in this example). Every
mode can be selected using the respective tab.

The Debug mode is only accessible in online mode.

2 Module area Specifies the abbreviated heading of the module.

In online mode, this area also includes the three LEDs: Run, Err and IO.

3 Channel area Allows you:

• by clicking on the reference number, to display the tabs:
◦ Description which gives the characteristics of the device
◦ I/O Objects, (see EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Operating Modes) which is used to pre-
symbolize the input/output objects
◦ Fault which shows the device status (in on-line mode)
• to select a channel
• to display the Symbol, name of the channel defined by the user (using the variable editor)

280 35012474.20
Configuration Discrete Input/Output Modules

Address Element Function

4 General Allows you to select the associated function and task in groups of 8 channels:
parameters area • Function: defines the configuration/de-configuration of the channel group selected (other
than groups 0 to 7)
• Task: defines the task (MAST, FAST) in which channel default exchange objects will be
exchanged
The check box Supply monitoring defines the active or inactive state of the external power supply
monitoring (available only on some discrete modules).

The Reset and Fallback mode drop-down menus enable you to configure the output reset and
output fallback mode (available only on some discrete modules).

5 Configuration Enables the configuration of parameters for the various channels. This field includes various items,
zone displayed according to the selected discrete module.

The Symbol column displays the symbol associated with the channel when it has been defined by
the user (using the variable editor).

Discrete Module Configuration Screen in X80 Drop

At a Glance
The various available screens for the discrete modules are:
• Configuration screen
• Type

Illustration
The following screen describes the configuration screen:

35012474.20 281
Discrete Input/Output Modules Configuration

Description
The following table shows the various elements of the configuration screen and
their functions.

Address Element Function

1 Tabs The tab in the foreground indicates the mode in progress (Configuration in this example). Every
mode can be selected using the respective tab:
• Overview
• Configuration
• Device DDT, which gives the device DDT name and type of the device

2 Module area Specifies the abbreviated heading of the module.

3 Channel area Allows you:

• by clicking on the reference number, to display the tabs:
◦ Description: Provides the characteristics of the device.
• to select a channel
• to display the Symbol, which is the name of the channel defined by the user (using the
variable editor)
NOTE: All channel are activated and a channel cannot be de-activated to None.
4 General Allows you to select the associated function and task in groups of 8 channels:
parameters area
• Function: Defines the configuration/de-configuration of the channel group selected (other
than groups 0 to 7).
• Task: Defines the (MAST) task in which channel default exchange objects are exchanged.
The Supply monitoring check box defines the active or inactive state of the external power supply
monitoring for the 16-channel group selected (available only on 16, 32 and 64 channel discrete
modules).

In a user application, the WRITE_CMD (in an X80 drop) or the WRITE_CMD_QX (in an EIO drop) can
also define the active or inactive state of the external power supply monitoring and overrides the
Supply monitoring setting.

WRITE_CMD_QX only works over the first eight channels (0...7, 16...23, 32...39 and 48...55) of the
16 channel groups, but affects all 16 channels of the group.

WRITE_CMD works over any of the 16 channels of a channel group and affects all 16 channels of
the group. WRITE_CMD also allows reactivation of tripped outputs.

The Reactivate and Fallback mode drop-down menus enable you to configure the output reset
and output fallback mode (available only on some discrete modules).

5 Configuration Enables the configuration of parameters for the various channels. This field includes various items,
zone displayed according to the selected discrete module.

The Symbol column displays the symbol associated with the channel when it has been defined by
the user (using the variable editor).

Discrete Input and Output Channel Parameters

Subject of this Section
This section presents the various parameters of input and output channels for
discrete modules.

Discrete Input Parameters on the Rack

282 35012474.20
Configuration Discrete Input/Output Modules

At a Glance
The discrete input module includes different parameters per channel. The
channels are divided into blocks of 8 or 16 consecutive channels.

Parameters
The following table displays the parameters available for each in-rack discrete
input module.

Reference Module Number Associated task Function Supply monitoring Wiring

of inputs Check
(8-channel (8-channel group) (16-channel group)
group) (Input by
input)

BMX DDI 1602 16 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / None Active / Inactive –

BMX DDI 1603 16 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / None Active/ Inactive –

BMX DDI 1604T 16 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / None Active / Inactive –

BMX DDI 3202 K 32 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / None Active / Inactive –

BMX DDI 3203 32 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / None Active / Inactive –

BMX DDI 3232 32 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / None Active / Inactive –

BMX DDI 6402 K 64 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / None Active / Inactive –

BMX DAI 0805 8 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs Active / Inactive –

BMX DAI 0814 8 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs – –

BMX DAI 1602 16 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / None Active / Inactive –

BMX DAI 1603 16 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / None Active / Inactive –

BMX DAI 1604 16 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / None Active / Inactive –

BMX DAI 1614 16 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / None Inactive / Active Inactive /
Active
BMX DAI 1615 16 Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / None Inactive / Active Inactive /
Active
BMX DDM 16022 8 (inputs) Mast / Fast Discrete inputs Active / Inactive –

BMX DDM 16025 8 (inputs) Mast / Fast Discrete inputs Active / Inactive –

BMX DDM 3202 K 16 (inputs) Mast / Fast Discrete inputs / None Active / Inactive –

NOTE: Parameters indicated in bold characters are part of the default

configuration.
NOTE: The BMX DDM 16022 and BMX DDM 16025 discrete mixed input/
output modules have 2 groups of 8 channels. The input group is represented
by channels 0 to 7 and the output group is represented by channels 16 to 23.

Discrete Output Parameters for 8-Channel Modules in Rack

At a Glance
The discrete output modules include several parameters per channel. The
channels are divided into blocks of 8 or 16 consecutive channels.

Parameters
The following table displays the parameters available for each of the discrete
output module.

35012474.20 283
Discrete Input/Output Modules Configuration

8-channel group 16-channel Channel

group by
channel
Reference Module Number of Reset Associated Fallback Function Supply Fallback
outputs task mode monitoring value

BMX DAO 1605 16 Programmed/ Mast / Fast Fallback/ Discrete Active / 0/1
Automatic Maintain output / None Inactive

BMX DAO 1615 16 Programmed/ Mast / Fast Fallback/ Discrete Active / 0/1
Automatic Maintain output / None Inactive

BMX DDM 16022 8 (outputs) Programmed / Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete Active / 0/1
Automatic Maintain outputs / Inactive
None
BMX DDM 16025 8 (outputs) - Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete Active / 0/1
Maintain outputs / Inactive
None
BMX DDM 3202 K 16 Programmed / Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete Active / 0/1
(outputs) Automatic Maintain outputs / Inactive
None
BMX DDO 1602 16 Programmed / Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete Active / 0/1
Automatic Maintain outputs / Inactive
None
BMX DDO 1612 16 Programmed/ Mast / Fast Fallback/ Discrete Active / 0/1
Automatic Maintain output / None Inactive

BMX DDO 3202 32 Programmed / Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete Active / 0/1
Automatic Maintain outputs / Inactive
None
BMX DDO 3202 K 32 Programmed / Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete Active / 0/1
Automatic Maintain outputs / Inactive
None
BMX DDO 6402 K 64 Programmed / Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete Active / 0/1
Automatic Maintain outputs / Inactive
None
BMX DRA 0804T 8 - Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete - 0/1
Maintain outputs

BMX DRA 0805 8 - Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete - 0/1

Maintain outputs

BMX DRA 0815 8 - Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete - 0/1

Maintain outputs

BMX DRA 1605 16 - Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete - 0/1

Maintain outputs /
None
BMX DRC 0805 8 - Mast / Fast Fallback / Discrete - 0/1
Maintain outputs

NOTE: The parameters in bold correspond to the parameters configured by

default.
NOTE: The BMX DDM 16022 and BMX DDM 16025 discrete mixed input/
output modules have 2 groups of 8 channels. The input group is represented
by channels 0 to 7 and the output group is represented by channels 16 to 23.

Configuration of Discrete Module Parameters

Subject of this Section
This section presents general rules for implementing various configuration
parameters for discrete input/output channels.

284 35012474.20
Configuration Discrete Input/Output Modules

How to Modify the Task Parameter

At a Glance
This parameter defines the processor task where input acquisitions and output
updates are performed.
The task is defined for 8 consecutive channels in the case of on-rack discrete
modules.
The possible choices are as follows:
• MAST task
• FAST task
NOTE: Modifying the Task parameter is only possible in off-line mode.

Procedure
The following table shows how to define the type of task assigned to module
channels.

Step Action

1 Open the desired module configuration screen.

2 Click on the Task button of the drop-down menu to assign a task to the group you
wish.

Result: The following list appears.

3 Choose the desired task.

4 Confirm the modification with the Edit > Validate menu command.

How to Modify the External Power Supply Error Monitoring

Parameter
At a Glance
This parameter defines the status (activation or deactivation) of external power
supply error monitoring.
It runs in groups of 16 consecutive channels.
Monitoring is active by default (box checked).

Procedure
The following table shows how to disable or enable the external power supply
monitoring function.

Step Action

1 Open the desired module configuration screen.

2 Check the Supply monitor box in the General Parameters area.

Result : The I/O editor window appears. Click OK.

3 Validate the change by clicking Edit > Validate.

35012474.20 285
Discrete Input/Output Modules Configuration

How to Modify the Fallback Mode Parameter

At a Glance
This parameter defines the fallback mode adopted by outputs when the PLC
switches to STOP due to:
• a processor error
• a rack connection error
• an inter-rack cable connection error
• a STOP command in Control Expert.
The modes are as follows:

Mode Meaning

Fallback Channels are set to 0 or 1 according to the defined fallback value for the
corresponding 8-channel group.

Maintenance The outputs remain in the status they were in before switching to Stop.

Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for defining the fallback mode to be
assigned to a channel group.

Step Action

1 Open the desired module configuration screen.

2 For the desired channel group, click on the arrow of the Fallback mode drop-down
menu.

Result : The following list appears.

3 Select the desired fallback mode.

4 For Fallback mode, configure each channel of the selected group.

To do this, click on the drop-down menu arrow of the channel to be configured, located
in the Fall Back Value column.
5 Click on the desired value (0 or 1).

6 Confirm the modification with the Edit > Validate menu command.

How to Modify the Output Reset Parameter

At a Glance
This parameter defines the reactivation mode of disconnected outputs.
The modes are as follows.

286 35012474.20
Configuration Discrete Input/Output Modules

Mode Meaning

Programmed Reactivation is executed with a command from the PLC application or through
the appropriate debug screen.

Remark: In order to avoid repeated reactivations, the module ensures an

automatic 10s delay between two resets.

Automatic The reactivation is executed automatically every 10s until the error disappears.

The reactivation mode is defined for 8-channel groups.

Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for defining the module output channel
reset mode.

Step Action

1 Open the desired module configuration screen.

2 For the desired channel group, click on the arrow of the Reactivate drop-down menu.

Result : The following list appears.

3 Select the required reactivation mode.

4 Validate the modification by clicking Edit > Confirm.

35012474.20 287
Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects

Application-Specific Discrete Module Language

Objects
What’s in This Chapter
Language Objects and IODDT ..................................................................... 288
Discrete Module IODDTs and Device DDTs ................................................... 290

Subject of this Section

This chapter describes the language objects associated with application-specific
discrete modules from various IODDT.

Language Objects and IODDT

Subject of this Section

This section provides general information about language objects and IODDTs for
Discrete.

Description of the Discrete Function Objects Languages

General Points
Discrete modules have different associated IODDTs.
The IODDTs are predefined by the manufacturer. They contain input/output
languages objects belonging to a channel of a specific application module.
There are 4 IODDT types for the discrete modules:
• T_DIS_IN_GEN
• T_DIS_IN_STD
• T_DIS_OUT_GEN
• T_DIS_OUT_STD
NOTE: IODDT variables may be created in two ways:
• using the I/O objects (see EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Operating
Modes) tab
• using the Data Editor

Language Object Types

Each IODDT contains a group of language objects which are used to control them
and check their operation.
There are two types of language objects:

288 35012474.20
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Discrete Input/Output Modules

• Implicit Exchange Objects, which are automatically exchanged at each

cycle pass of the task associated to the module
• Explicit Exchange Objects, which are exchanged upon demand from the
application, while using explicit exchange instructions
Implicit exchanges concern the module inputs/outputs: measurement, information,
and operation results.
Explicit exchanges enable module configuration and diagnosis.
NOTE: In order to avoid several simultaneous explicit exchanges for the same
channel, it is necessary to test the value of the word EXCH_STS of the IODDT
associated to the channel before to call EF using this channel.

35012474.20 289
Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects

Discrete Module IODDTs and Device DDTs

Subject of this Section
This section presents the different IODDT languages objects related to discrete
input/output modules and the Device DDTs.

IODDT Links
IODDT Link Table
This table describes the IODDT linked to each discrete input/output module:

Module Reference IODDTs linked to discrete module

T_DIS_IN_GEN T_DIS_IN_STD T_DIS_OUT_GEN T_DIS_OUT_STD

BMX DDI 1602 x x – –

BMX DDI 1603 x x – –

BMX DDI 1604T x x – –

BMX DDI 3202 K x x – –

BMX DDI 3203 x x – –

BMX DDI 3232 x x – –

BMX DDI 6402 K x x – –

BMX DAI 1602 x x – –

BMX DAI 1603 x x – –

BMX DAI 1604 x x – –

BMX DAI 1614 x x – –

BMX DAI 1615 x x – –

BMX DAI 0805 x x – –

BMX DAI 0814 x x – –

BMX DDO 1602 – – x x

BMX DDO 1612 – – x x

BMX DDO 3202 – – x x

BMX DDO 3202 K – – x x

BMX DDO 6402 K – – x x

BMX DRA 0804T – – x x

BMX DRA 0805 – – x x

BMX DRA 0815 – – x x

BMX DRA 1605 – – x x

BMX DRC 0805 – – x x

BMX DAO 1605 – – x x

BMX DAO 1615 – – x x

BMX DDM 16022 x x x x

BMX DDM 16025 x x x x

BMX DDM 3202 K x x x x

X Linked

– Not linked

290 35012474.20
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Discrete Input/Output Modules

Details About T_DIS_IN_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object

Exchange
At a glance
This section describes T_DIS_IN_GEN type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange that
applies to all discrete input modules.

Input Flag
The following table presents the VALUE (%Ir.m.c) bit meaning.

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

VALUE EBOOL R Indicates that the status of the sensor controlling the %Ir.m.c
input channel c.

Error Bit
The following table presents the CH_ERROR (%Ir.m.c.ERR) bit meaning.

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

CH_ERROR BOOL R Indicates that c input channel is in error. %Ir.m.c.ERR

35012474.20 291
Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects

Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object

Exchange
At a Glance
This section presents IODDT implicit exchange objects of the T_DIS_IN_STD-
type applicable to discrete input modules.

Input Flag
The following table shows the VALUE (%Ir.m.c) bit meaning.

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

VALUE EBOOL R Indicates that the status of the sensor controlling the %Ir.m.c
input channel c.

Error Bit
The following table presents the CH_ERROR (%Ir.m.c.ERR) bit meaning.

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

CH_ERROR BOOL R Indicates that c input channel is in error. %Ir.m.c.ERR

292 35012474.20
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Discrete Input/Output Modules

Details About T_DIS_IN_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object

Exchange
At a Glance
This section presents IODDT explicit exchange objects of the T_DIS_IN_STD
type applicable to discrete input modules. This section includes the word type
objects whose bits have a specific meaning. These objects are explained in detail
below.
Example of a declaration of a variable:
IODDT_VAR1 of type T_DIS_INT_STD
NOTE: In general, the meaning of the bits is given for bit status 1. In specific
cases an explanation is given for each status of the bit.
NOTE: Not all bits are used.

Execution Indicators for an Explicit Exchange: EXCH_STS

The following table shows exchange control bit meanings for channel EXCH_STS
(%MWr.m.c.0).

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

STS_IN_PROGR BOOL R Read channel status words in progress %MWr.m.c.0.0

CMD_IN_PROGR BOOL R Command parameter exchange in progress %MWr.m.c.0.1

Explicit Exchange Report: EXCH_RPT

The table below presents the meaning of the EXCH_RPT exchange report bits (%
MWr.m.c.1).

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

STS_ERR BOOL R Error in reading status words of the channel (1 = error) %MWr.m.c.1.0

CMD_ERR BOOL R Error during a command parameter exchange (1 = error) %MWr.m.c.1.1

Standard Channel Status: CH_FLT

The table below shows the meaning of the bits of the status word CH_FLT (%MWr.
m.c.2). Reading is performed by a READ_STS (IODDT_VAR1).

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Number

TRIP BOOL R External event: Tripped %MWr.m.c.2.0

FUSE BOOL R External event: Fuse %MWr.m.c.2.1

BLK BOOL R Terminal block incorrectly wired %MWr.m.c.2.2

EXT_PS_FLT BOOL R External supply event %MWr.m.c.2.3

INTERNAL_FLT BOOL R Internal event module inoperative %MWr.m.c.2.4

CONF_FLT BOOL R Hardware or software configuration error %MWr.m.c.2.5

COM_FLT BOOL R Communication interruption %MWr.m.c.2.6

SHORT_CIRCUIT BOOL R External event: Short-circuit on a channel %MWr.m.c.2.8

LINE_FLT BOOL R Open wire detection(1) %MWr.m.c.2.9

(1) Only for BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 1615 modules

35012474.20 293
Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects

Status Word: CH_CMD

The table below shows the CH_CMD (%MWr.m.c.3) status word bit meanings. The
command is made by a WRITE_CMD (IODDT_VAR1).

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Number

PS_CTRL_DIS BOOL R/W Disable control of the external supply. %MWr.m.c.3.1

PS_CTRL_EN BOOL R/W Enable control of the external supply. %MWr.m.c.3.2

NOTE: The control of the external power supply is managed to enable or

disable a group of 16-channels from the PLC application and through a
WRITE_CMD instruction addressing the 1st channel of 16-channel group (that
is, channel 0, 16, 32, 46). However this command does not work with the last
eight channels of the 16-channel groups (that is, channels 8..15, 24..31,
40..47, 56..63).

294 35012474.20
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Discrete Input/Output Modules

Details About T_DIS_OUT_GEN Type IODDT Implicit Object

Exchange
At a Glance
This section presents T_DIS_OUT_GEN type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange that
applies to discrete output modules.

Output Flag
The following table presents the VALUE (%Qr.m.c) bit meaning.

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Number

VALUE EBOOL R/W Indicates the status of the c output channel %Qr.m.c

Error Bit
The following table presents the CH_ERROR (%Ir.m.c.ERR) bit meaning.

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Number

CH_ERROR BOOL R Indicates that c output channel is in error %Ir.m.c.ERR

35012474.20 295
Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects

Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Implicit Object

Exchange
At a Glance
This section presents T_DIS_OUT_STD type IODDT Implicit Object Exchange that
applies to discrete output modules.

Output Flag
The following table presents the VALUE (%Qr.m.c) bit meanings.

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Number

VALUE EBOOL R/W Indicates the status of the c output channel %Qr.m.c

Error Bit
The following table presents the CH_ERROR (%Ir.m.c.ERR) bit meaning.

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Number

CH_ERROR BOOL R Indicates that c input channel is in error %Ir.m.c.ERR

296 35012474.20
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Discrete Input/Output Modules

Details About T_DIS_OUT_STD Type IODDT Explicit Object

Exchange
At a Glance
This section presents T_DIS_OUT_STD type IODDT Explicit Object Exchange that
applies to discrete output modules. It includes the word type objects whose bits
have a specific meaning. These objects are explained in detail below.
Example of a declaration of a variable:
IODDT_VAR1 of the T_DIS_OUT_STD type
NOTE: In general, the meaning of the bits is given for bit status 1. In specific
cases an explanation is given for each status of the bit.
NOTE: Not all bits are used.

Execution Indicators for an Explicit Exchange: EXCH_STS

The table below shows the meanings of channel exchange control bits from
channel EXCH_STS (%MWr.m.c.0).

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

STS_IN_PROGR BOOL R Read channel status words in progress %MWr.m.c.0.0

CMD_IN_PROGR BOOL R Command parameter exchange in progress %MWr.m.c.0.1

Explicit Exchange Report: EXCH_RPT

The table below presents the meaning of the EXCH_RPT exchange report bits (%
MWr.m.c.1).

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

STS_ERR BOOL R Error in reading status words of the channel (1 = error) %MWr.m.c.1.0

CMD_ERR BOOL R Error during a command parameter exchange (1 = error) %MWr.m.c.1.1

Standard Channel Status: CH_FLT

The table below shows the meaning of the bits of the status word CH_FLT (%MWr.
m.c.2). Reading is performed by a READ_STS (IODDT_VAR1).

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Number

TRIP BOOL R External event: Tripped %MWr.m.c.2.0

FUSE BOOL R External event: Fuse %MWr.m.c.2.1

BLK BOOL R Terminal block incorrectly wired %MWr.m.c.2.2

EXT_PS_FLT BOOL R External supply event %MWr.m.c.2.3

INTERNAL_FLT BOOL R Internal event module inoperative %MWr.m.c.2.4

CONF_FLT BOOL R Hardware or software configuration error %MWr.m.c.2.5

COM_FLT BOOL R Communication interruption %MWr.m.c.2.6

SHORT_CIRCUIT BOOL R External detected error: %MWr.m.c.2.8

• short-circuit on a channel
• open load on a channel(1)

35012474.20 297
Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Number

LINE_FLT BOOL R Reserved for evolution %MWr.m.c.2.9

(1) Only for BMX DDO 3202 module

Status word: CH_CMD

The table below shows the CH_CMD (%MWr.m.c.3) status word bit meanings. The
command is made by a WRITE_CMD (IODDT_VAR1).

Standard symbol Type Access Meaning Address

REAC_OUT BOOL R/W Reactivation of tripped outputs (protected outputs) %MWr.m.c.3.0

PS_CTRL_DIS BOOL R/W Inhibit control of external supply %MWr.m.c.3.1

PS_CTRL_EN BOOL R/W Validation of the external supply control %MWr.m.c.3.2

NOTE: This object is specific to output modules with reactivation.

NOTE: The control of the external power supply is managed to enable or
disable a group of 16-channels from the PLC application and through a
WRITE_CMD instruction addressing the 1st channel of 16-channel group (i.e.
channel 0, 16, 32, 46). However this command does not work with the last
eight channels of the 16-channel groups (i.e. channels 8..15, 24..31, 40..47,
56..63).

298 35012474.20
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Discrete Input/Output Modules

Details of the Language Objects of the IODDT of Type T_GEN_

MOD
Introduction
The Modicon X80 modules have an associated IODDT of type T_GEN_MOD.

Observations
In general, the meaning of the bits is given for bit status 1. In specific cases an
explanation is given for each status of the bit.
Some bits are not used.

List of Objects
The table below presents the objects of the IODDT.

Standard Symbol Type Access Meaning Address

MOD_ERROR BOOL R Module detected error bit %Ir.m.MOD.ERR

EXCH_STS INT R Module exchange control word %MWr.m.MOD.0

STS_IN_PROGR BOOL R Reading of status words of the module in progress %MWr.m.MOD.0.0

EXCH_RPT INT R Exchange report word %MWr.m.MOD.1

STS_ERR BOOL R Event when reading module status words %MWr.m.MOD.1.0

MOD_FLT INT R Internal detected errors word of the module %MWr.m.MOD.2

MOD_FAIL BOOL R module inoperable %MWr.m.MOD.2.0

CH_FLT BOOL R Inoperative channel(s) %MWr.m.MOD.2.1

BLK BOOL R Terminal block incorrectly wired %MWr.m.MOD.2.2

CONF_FLT BOOL R Hardware or software configuration anomaly %MWr.m.MOD.2.5

NO_MOD BOOL R Module missing or inoperative %MWr.m.MOD.2.6

EXT_MOD_FLT BOOL R Internal detected errors word of the module (Fipio %MWr.m.MOD.2.7
extension only)

MOD_FAIL_EXT BOOL R Internal detected error, module unserviceable (Fipio %MWr.m.MOD.2.8

extension only)

CH_FLT_EXT BOOL R Inoperative channel(s) (Fipio extension only) %MWr.m.MOD.2.9

BLK_EXT BOOL R Terminal block incorrectly wired (Fipio extension only) %MWr.m.MOD.2.10

CONF_FLT_EXT BOOL R Hardware or software configuration anomaly (Fipio %MWr.m.MOD.2.13

extension only)

NO_MOD_EXT BOOL R Module missing or inoperative (Fipio extension only) %MWr.m.MOD.2.14

35012474.20 299
Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects

Modicon X80 Discrete I/O Module Configuration Constants

Module level constants
The table following presents the %KW common for each channel group of the
module:

Object Type Detail Channel group

%KWr.m.c.0 INT For each channel group 0-7 8-15 16-23 24-31 32-39 5 40-47 6 48-55 7 56-63
1 st 2 nd 3 rd 4 th grp th grp th grp th grp 8 th
with c = 0, 8, bit 0: Validation input function grp grp grp grp
16, 24, 32, 40, =1
48, 56.
bit 1: Validation output
function = 1

bit 2: Strategy of fallback: 1 =

get value, 0 = stay at current
value

bit 3: Input filtering (1 = fast, 0

= normal), fixed at 0

bit 4: Ouput protection (1 =

yes, 0 = no)

bit 5: Rearm outputs: 1 =

automatic, 0 = by command

bit 6: Not used

bit 7: Power supply control

inhibition (1 = yes, 0 = 0)

Fallback value (ouputs) or sensor type (inputs) for channel:

bit 8 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56
bit 9 1 9 17 25 33 41 49 57
bit 10 2 10 18 26 34 42 50 58
bit 11 3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59
bit 12 4 12 20 28 36 44 52 60
bit 13 5 13 21 29 37 45 53 61
bit 14 6 14 22 30 38 46 54 62
bit 15 7 15 23 31 39 47 55 63
%KWr.m.c.1 INT
byte 0 byte Validation of Input/output open line control for channel:

bit 0 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56
bit 1 1 9 17 25 33 41 49 57
bit 2 2 10 18 26 34 42 50 58
bit 3 3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59
bit 4 4 12 20 28 36 44 52 60
bit 5 5 13 21 29 37 45 53 61
bit 6 6 14 22 30 38 46 54 62
bit 7 7 15 23 31 39 31 55 63
byte 1 byte Validation of value memorization for channel:
bit 8 0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56
bit 9 1 9 17 25 33 41 49 57
bit 10 2 10 18 26 34 42 50 58
bit 11 3 11 19 27 35 43 51 59
bit 12 4 12 20 28 36 44 52 60
bit 13 5 13 21 29 37 45 53 61

300 35012474.20
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Discrete Input/Output Modules

Object Type Detail Channel group

bit 14 6 14 22 30 38 46 54 62
bit 15 7 15 23 31 39 47 55 63
%KWr.m.c.2 INT
byte 0 byte not used

byte 1 byte not used

There are one %KWr.m.c.0, one %KWr.m.c.1 and one %KWr.m.c.2 common for
all channels for a group in this FB_type
NOTE: It is not possible to configure a module by programming using direct
language objects %KW; these words are accessible in read only format.

35012474.20 301
Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects

Discrete Device DDT Names

Introduction
This topic describes the Control Expert Discrete Device DDT. The instance
default naming is described in Device DDT Instance Naming Rule (see
EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Program Languages and Structure, Reference
Manual).
Regarding the device DDT, its name contains the following information:
• platform with:
◦ U for unified structure between Modicon X80 module and Quantum
• device type (DIS for discrete)
• function (STD for standard)
• direction:
◦ IN
◦ OUT
• maximum channel (1, 2, 4 …64)
Example
For a Modicon X80 module with 16 standard inputs/outputs: T_U_DIS_STD_IN_
16_OUT_16

List of Implicit Device DDT

The following table shows the list of device DDT and their X80 modules:

Device DDT Type Modicon X80 Devices

T_U_DIS_STD_IN_8 BMX DAI 0805

BMX DAI 0814

T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16 BMX DAI 1602

BMX DAI 1603

BMX DAI 1604

BMX DAI 1614

BMX DAI 1615

BMX DDI 1602

BMX DDI 1603

BMX DDI 1604

T_U_DIS_STD_IN_32 BMX DDI 3202K

BMX DDI 3203

BMX DDI 3232

T_U_DIS_STD_IN_64 BMX DDI 6404K

T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_8 BMX DRA 0804

BMX DRA 0805

BMX DRA 0815

BMX DRC 0805

302 35012474.20
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Discrete Input/Output Modules

Device DDT Type Modicon X80 Devices

T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_16 BMX DDO 1612

BMX DDO 1602

BMX DAO 1605

BMX DAO 1615

BMX DRA 1605

T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_32 BMX DDO 3202

BMX DDO 3202K

T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_64 BMX DDO 6404K

T_U_DIS_STD_IN_8_OUT_8 BMX DDM 16022

BMX DDM 16025

T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16_OUT_16 BMX DDM 3202K

Implicit Device DDT Description

The following table shows the T_U_DIS_STD_IN_x and the T_U_DIS_STD_
OUT_y status word bits:

Standard Symbol Type Meaning Access

MOD_HEALTH BOOL 0 = the module has a detected error read

1 = the module is operating correctly

MOD_FLT1 BYTE internal detected errors byte, page 306 read

of the module
DIS_CH_IN ARRAY [0...x-1] of T_U_DIS_STD_CH_IN array of structure

DIS_CH_OUT ARRAY [0...y-1] of T_U_DIS_STD_CH_OUT array of structure

1 Module Status is implicitly exchanged through the MOD_FLT field

The following table shows the T_U_DIS_STD_IN_x_OUT_y status word bits:

Standard Symbol Type Meaning Access

MOD_HEALTH BOOL 0 = the module has a detected error read

1 = the module is operating correctly

MOD_FLT1 BYTE internal detected errors byte, page 306 read

of the module
DIS_CH_IN ARRAY [0...x-1] of T_U_DIS_STD_CH_IN array of structure

DIS_CH_OUT ARRAY [x...(x+y-1)] of T_U_DIS_STD_CH_OUT array of structure

1 Module Status is implicitly exchanged through the MOD_FLT field

The following table shows the T_U_DIS_STD_CH_IN[0...x-1] and the T_U_

DIS_STD_CH_OUT[x...(x+y-1)] structure meaning:

Standard Symbol Type Meaning Access

CH_HEALTH BOOL 0 = the channel has a detected error read

1 = the channel is operating correctly

VALUE EBOOL indicates the status of the sensor controlling the input channel c read1

1 VALUE of the T_U_DIS_STD_CH_OUT structure can be accessed in read / write

35012474.20 303
Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects

Explicit DDT Instances Description

Explicit exchanges (Read Status or Write Command) - only applicable to Modicon
X80 I/O channels - are managed with READ_STS_QX or WRITE_CMD_QX EFB
instances for Modicon Quantum and by READ_STS_MX or WRITE_CMD_MX EFB
instances for Modicon M580.
• Targeted channel address (ADDR) can be managed with ADDMX EF (connect
ADDMX OUT to ADDR)
• READ_STS_QX or READ_STS_MX output parameter (STS) can be
connected to a "T_M_xxx_yyy_CH_STS" DDT instance (variable to be
created manually), where:
◦ xxx represents the device type
◦ yyy represents the function
Example: T_M_DIS_STD_CH_STS
• WRITE_CMD_QX or WRITE_CMD_MX input parameter (CMD) can be
connected to a ""T_M_DIS_STD_xxx_yyy_CMD" DDT instance
where:
◦ xxx represents the device type
◦ yyy represents the direction
Example: T_M_DIS_STD_CH_IN_CMD
For more details about EF and EFB, refer to EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, I/O
Management, Block Library and EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Communication,
Block Library.
The following table shows the T_M_DIS_STD_CH_STS structure status word bits:

Standard Symbol Type Bit Meaning Access

CH_FLT TRIP BOOL 0 external detected error tripped read

FUSE BOOL 1 external detected error: fuse read

BLK BOOL 2 terminal block detected error read

EXT_PS_FLT BOOL 3 internal detected error: module out of order read

INTERNAL_FLT BOOL 4 external supply detected error read

CONF_FLT BOOL 5 configuration detected error: different hardware read

and software configurations

COM_FLT BOOL 6 error detected in communicating with the read

controller
– BOOL 7 reserved read

SHORT_CIRCUIT BOOL 8 external detected error: read

• short-circuit on a channel
• open load on a channel(1)

LINE_FLT BOOL 9 Open wire detection(2) read

(1) Only for BMX DDO 3202

(2) Only for BMX DAI 1614 and BMX DAI 1615 modules.

The following table presents the T_M_DIS_STD_CH_IN_CMD structure status

word bits:

Standard Symbol Type Bit Meaning Access

CH_CMD [INT] PS_CTRL_DIS BOOL 1 disable control of the external supply read / write

PS_CTRL_EN BOOL 2 enable control of the external supply read / write

The following table presents the T_M_DIS_STD_CH_OUT_CMD structure status

word bits:

304 35012474.20
Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects Discrete Input/Output Modules

Standard Symbol Type Bit Meaning Access

CH_CMD [INT] REAC_OUT BOOL 0 reactivation of tripped outputs (protected read / write
outputs)

PS_CTRL_DIS BOOL 1 disable control of the external supply read / write

PS_CTRL_EN BOOL 2 enable control of the external supply read / write

NOTE: In a user application the WRITE_CMD_QX (in an EIO drop) can also
define the active or inactive state of the external power supply monitoring and
overrides the Supply monitoring setting.
WRITE_CMD_QX only works over the first 8 channels (0...7, 16...23, 32...39
and 48...55) of the 16-channel groups, but affects the 16 channels of the
group.

35012474.20 305
Discrete Input/Output Modules Application-Specific Discrete Module Language Objects

MOD_FLT Byte Description

MOD_FLT Byte in Device DDT
MOD_FLT byte structure:

Bit Symbol Description

0 MOD_FAIL • 1: Internal detected error or module failure detected.

• 0: No detected error
1 CH_FLT • 1: Inoperative channels.
• 0: Channels are operative.

2 BLK • 1: Terminal block detected error.

• 0: No detected error.
NOTE: This bit may not be managed.

3 – • 1: Module in self-test.
• 0: Module not in self-test.
NOTE: This bit may not be managed.

4 – Not used.
5 CONF_FLT • 1: Hardware or software configuration detected error.
• 0: No detected error.
6 NO_MOD • 1: Module is missing or inoperative.
• 0: Module is operating.
NOTE: This bit is managed only by modules located in a remote rack
with a BME CRA 312 10 adapter module. Modules located in the local
rack do not manage this bit that remains at 0.

7 – Not used.

306 35012474.20
Debugging Discrete Input/Output Modules

Debugging
What’s in This Chapter
Introduction to the Debugging Function of a Discrete Module .......................... 307
Debugging Screen....................................................................................... 307
How to Access the Forcing/Unforcing Function .............................................. 309
How to Access the SET and RESET Commands............................................ 310
How to Access the Reactivation of Outputs Command ................................... 310
Applied Outputs of a Discrete Module ........................................................... 310

Subject of this Section

This section describes the debugging aspect of the application-specific discrete
module for implementation.

Introduction to the Debugging Function of a Discrete

Module
Introduction
For each discrete input/output module, the Debug function enables:
• display of the parameters of each of its channels (channel state, filtering
value, etc.)
• access to the diagnostics and adjustment functions for the selected channel
(channel forcing, channel masking, etc.)
The function also gives access to module diagnostics in the event of a detected
error.
NOTE: This function is only available in on-line mode.

Debugging Screen

At a Glance
The debugging screen (see EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Operating Modes)
shows, in real time, the value and state of each channel of the selected module. It
also allows access to the channel commands (forcing of the input or output value,
reactivation of outputs, etc.).

35012474.20 307
Discrete Input/Output Modules Debugging

Illustration
The figure below shows a sample debugging screen.

Description
The following table shows the various parts of the debugging screen and their
functions.

Number Element Function

1 Tabs The tab in the foreground indicates the mode in progress (Debug in this example). Every mode can be
selected using the respective tab.
• Debug which can be accessed only in online mode
• Configuration

2 Module area Contains the abbreviated title of the module.

In the same area there are 3 LEDs which indicate the module’s operating mode:
• RUN indicates the operating status of the module
• ERR indicates an internal event in the module
• I/O indicates an event from outside the module or an application issue

3 Channel area Allows you:

• by clicking on the reference number, to display the tabs:
◦ Description which gives the characteristics of the device
◦ I/O Objects, (see EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Operating Modes) which is used to pre-
symbolize the input/output objects
◦ Fault which shows the device status (in on-line mode)
• to select a channel
• to display the Symbol, name of the channel defined by the user (using the variable editor)

308 35012474.20
Debugging Discrete Input/Output Modules

Number Element Function

4 General Specifies the parameters of the channel:
parameters area • Function: specifies the function configured. This heading is frozen. The Global unforcing button
provides direct access to the global unforcing of channels function.
• Task: specifies the MAST or FAST task configured. This heading is frozen.

5 Parameters in This field displays the state of inputs and outputs and the various current parameters.
progress field
For each channel, four items of information are available:
• Symbol displays the symbol associated with the channel when it has been defined by the user
(using the variable editor)
• Value displays the state of each channel of the module
• Error provides direct access to channel by channel diagnostics when these are inoperable
(indicated by the LED built into the diagnostics access, which turns red)

How to Access the Forcing/Unforcing Function

At a Glance
This function allows you to modify the state of all or part of the channels of a
module.
NOTE: The state of a forced output is frozen and can only be modified by the
application after unforcing. However, in the event of a detected error leading to
output fallback, the state of these outputs -assumes the value defined when
configuring the Fallback mode, page 286 parameter.
The various commands available are:
• for one or more channels:
◦ force to 1
◦ force to 0
◦ unforcing (when the channel or channels selected are forced)
• for all the channels on the module (when at least one channel is forced):
◦ global unforcing of channels

Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for forcing or unforcing all or part of the
channels of a module.

Step Action for one channel Action for all channels

1 Access the module's debugging screen.

2 In the Value column, right-click the cell of Click on the Global unforcing button
the required channel. found in the general parameters field.

3 Select the required function:

• forcing to 0
• forcing to 1

35012474.20 309
Discrete Input/Output Modules Debugging

How to Access the SET and RESET Commands

At a Glance
These commands are used to change the state of a module's outputs to 0
(RESET) or 1 (SET).
NOTE: The state of the output affected by one of these commands is
temporary and can be modified at any time by the application when the PLC is
in RUN.

Procedure
The table below shows the procedure for assigning the value 0 or 1 to all or part of
the channels of a module.

Step Action for one channel

1 Access the module's debugging screen.

2 In the Value column, right-click the cell of the required channel.

3 Select the desired function.

• Set
• Reset

How to Access the Reactivation of Outputs Command

At a Glance
When an event has caused a tripped output, a command is used to reactivate the
output if no error is detected at its terminals.
Reset is defined by a group of 8 channels. It has no effect on an inactive channel
or channel without a detected error.

Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for reactivating tripped outputs.

Step Action

1 Access the module's debugging screen.

2 For the chosen group of channels, click the Reset button situated in the General
parameters field.

Applied Outputs of a Discrete Module

At a Glance
This check (red Stop LED lit) informs the user that a given group of output
channels is not correctly applied by the PLC (fallback status).
The possible causes are:

310 35012474.20
Debugging Discrete Input/Output Modules

• processor error
• rack connection error
• inter-rack link connection error

35012474.20 311
Discrete Input/Output Modules Diagnostics of the Modules

Diagnostics of the Modules

What’s in This Chapter
How to Access the Diagnostics Function ....................................................... 312
How to Access the Channel Diagnostics Function of a Discrete
Module ....................................................................................................... 313

Subject of this Section

This section describes the diagnostic aspect in the implementation of the
application-specific discrete modules.

How to Access the Diagnostics Function

At a Glance
The Module diagnostics function displays detected errors and where they exist.
They are classified according to their category.
• Internal events:
◦ module inoperable
◦ self-tests running
• External events
• Other events:
◦ configuration error
◦ module missing or off
◦ inoperative channel(s)
A module status is indicated when certain LED’s change to red, such as:
• in the configuration editor at rack level:
◦ the LED of the rack number
◦ the LED of the slot number of the module on the rack
• in the configuration editor at module level:
◦ the I/O LED according to the type of event
◦ the Channel LED in the Channel field
◦ the Fault tab

Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for accessing the Module status screen.

312 35012474.20
Diagnostics of the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Step Action

1 Access the module's debugging screen.

2 Click the module reference in the channel zone and select the Fault command.

Result: The detected error list appears.

Remark: You cannot access the module diagnostics screen if any of these errors are
detected:.
• configuration
• major breakdown
• module missing
The following message then appears on the screen: The module is not present,
or is different from the one configured in this position.

How to Access the Channel Diagnostics Function of a

Discrete Module
At a Glance
The Channel diagnostics function displays current errors and where they exist.
Errors are classified according to their category:
• Internal events:
◦ inoperative channel
• External events:
◦ link or sensor supply fault
• Other events:
◦ terminal block incorrectly wired
◦ configuration error
◦ communication interruption

A channel error appears in the Debug tab when the LED, located in the
Error column, turns red.

Procedure
The following table shows the procedure for accessing the Channel error screen.

35012474.20 313
Discrete Input/Output Modules Diagnostics of the Modules

Step Action

1 Access the module's debugging screen.

2
Click on the button situated in the Error column of the inoperative
channel.

Result: The list of channel errors appears.

Note: Channel diagnostics information can also be accessed by program using the
READ_STS instruction.

314 35012474.20
 Discrete Input/Output Modules

Appendices
What’s in This Part
Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules ......................................... 316

Overview
These appendices contain information that should be useful for programming the
application.

35012474.20 315
Discrete Input/Output Modules Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules

Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules

What’s in This Chapter
Topological/State RAM Addressing of Modicon X80 Discrete Modules............. 316

Topological/State RAM Addressing of Modicon X80

Discrete Modules
Discrete Modules
With controller firmware 2.4 or any subsequent supporting version(s), you can
access the modules either via topological or state RAM addresses. Also refer to
Memory Tab (see EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Operating Modes).
The following table shows the Modicon X80 discrete module objects that can be
mapped to topological or State RAM addresses.

Module reference Topological address State RAM address

BMX DAI 0805 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] -%IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one channel per %I

BMX DAI 0814 or

-%IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW

BMX DAI 1602 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per %
I

or

- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW

BMX DAI 1603 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per %
I

or

- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW

BMX DAI 1604 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per %
I

or

- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW

BMX DAI 0804 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one channel per %I

or

- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW

BMX DAI 1614 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per %
I
BMX DAI 1615
or

- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW

BMX DAO 1605 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel per
%M

or

- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW

BMX DAO 1615 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel per
%M

or

- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW

BMX DAO 0805 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per
%M

316 35012474.20
Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Module reference Topological address State RAM address

or

- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW

BMX DDI 1602 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per %
I

or

- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW

BMX DDI 1603 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per %
I

or

- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW

BMX DDI 1604 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per %
I

or

- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW

BMX DDI 0804 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one channel per %I

or

- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW

BMX DDI 3202K %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,31] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 31, one channel per %
I

or

- %IWStart address ... %IWStart address + 1, one channel

per bit of %IW

BMX DDI 3203 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,31] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 31, one channel per %
I

or

- %IWStart address ... %IWStart address + 1, one channel

per bit of %IW

BMX DDI 3232 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,31] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 31, one channel per %
I

or

- %IWStart address ... %IWStart address + 1, one channel

per bit of %IW

BMX DDI 6402K %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,63] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 63, one channel per %
I

or

- %IWStart address ... %IWStart address + 3, one channel

per bit of %IW

BMX DDM 16022 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one channel per %I

%Q rack.slot.channel, channel [16,23] and

- %M Start address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per

%M

or

- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW

and

%MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW

BMX DDM 16025 %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 7, one channel per %I

%Q rack.slot.channel, channel [16,23] and

- %M Start address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per

%M

35012474.20 317
Discrete Input/Output Modules Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules

Module reference Topological address State RAM address

or

- %IWStart address one channel per bit of %IW

and

- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW

BMX DDM 3202K %I rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %IStart address ... %IStart address + 15, one channel per %
I
%Q rack.slot.channel, channel [16,31]
and

- %M Start address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel

per %M

or

- %IWStart address, one channel per bit of %IW and

- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW

BMX DDO 1602 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel per
%M

or

- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW

BMX DDO 1612 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel per
%M

or

- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW

BMX DDO 3202 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,31] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 31, one channel per
%M

or

- %MWStart address ... %MWStart address + 1, one channel

per bit of %MW

BMX DDO 3202K %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,31] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 31, one channel per
%M

or

- %MWStart address ... %MWStart address + 1, one channel

per bit of %MW

BMX DDO 6402K %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,63] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 63, one channel per
%M

or

- %MWStart address ... %MWStart address + 3, one channel

per bit of %MW

BMX DRA 0804 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per
%M

or

- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW

BMX DRA 0805 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per
%M

or

- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW

BMX DRA 0815 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per
%M

or

- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW

318 35012474.20
Topological/State RAM Addressing of the Modules Discrete Input/Output Modules

Module reference Topological address State RAM address

BMX DRC 0805 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,7] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 7, one channel per
%M

or

- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW

BMX DRA 1605 %Q rack.slot.channel, channel [0,15] - %MStart address ... %MStart address + 15, one channel per
%M

or

- %MWStart address, one channel per bit of %MW

For additional information refer to Special Conversion for Compact I/O Modules
(see EcoStruxure™ Control Expert, Concept Application Converter, User Manual).

35012474.20 319
 Discrete Input/Output Modules

Glossary
D
DDT:
(derived data type) A set of elements with the same type (array) or with different
types (structure).

35012474.20 321
Discrete Input/Output Modules

Index BMXDDI3203...................................................... 102

BMXDDI3203H ................................................... 102
BMXDDI3232...................................................... 107
20-pin terminal blocks BMXDDI3232H ................................................... 107
installing............................................................48 BMXDDI6402K ................................................... 154
20–pin terminal block, discrete ...............................16 BMXDDI6402KH ................................................. 154
40-pin terminal blocks BMXDDM16022 .................................................. 217
installing............................................................52 BMXDDM16022H................................................ 217
40–pin connection, discrete....................................18 BMXDDM16025 .................................................. 224
40–pin terminal block, discrete ...............................17 BMXDDM16025H................................................ 224
BMXDDM3202K.................................................. 231
BMXDDO1602 .................................................... 160
A BMXDDO1602H.................................................. 160
BMXDDO1612 .................................................... 164
ABE-7H08R10 .................................................... 250 BMXDDO1612H.................................................. 164
ABE-7H08R11 .................................................... 250 BMXDDO3202 .................................................... 192
ABE-7H08R21 .................................................... 254 BMXDDO3202H.................................................. 192
ABE-7H08S21 .................................................... 258 BMXDDO3202K.................................................. 198
ABE-7H12R10 .................................................... 252 BMXDDO3202KC ............................................... 198
ABE-7H12R11 .................................................... 252 BMXDDO6402K.................................................. 202
ABE-7H12R20 .................................................... 256 BMXDDO6402KC ............................................... 202
ABE-7H12R21 .................................................... 256 BMXDRA0804T .................................................. 168
ABE-7H12R50 .................................................... 264 BMXDRA0805 .................................................... 172
ABE-7H12S21 .................................................... 260 BMXDRA0805H .................................................. 172
ABE-7H16F43..................................................... 268 BMXDRA0815 .................................................... 177
ABE-7H16R10 .................................................... 250 BMXDRA0815H .................................................. 177
ABE-7H16R11 .................................................... 250 BMXDRA1605 .................................................... 182
ABE-7H16R20 .................................................... 254 BMXDRA1605H .................................................. 182
ABE-7H16R21 .................................................... 254 BMXDRC0805 .................................................... 187
ABE-7H16R23 .................................................... 254 BMXDRC0805H.................................................. 187
ABE-7H16R30 .................................................... 262 BMXFCC051 ........................................................68
ABE-7H16R31 .................................................... 262 BMXFCC053 ........................................................68
ABE-7H16R50 .................................................... 266 BMXFCC1001.......................................................68
ABE-7H16S21 .................................................... 258 BMXFCC1003.......................................................68
ABE-7H16S43 .................................................... 269 BMXFCC101 ........................................................68
ABR-7xxx relays ................................................. 273 BMXFCC103 ........................................................68
ABS-7Exx relays ................................................. 273 BMXFCC201 ........................................................68
applied outputs.................................................... 310 BMXFCC203 ........................................................68
BMXFCC301 ........................................................68
BMXFCC303 ........................................................68
B BMXFCC501 ........................................................68
BMWFTB2020 ......................................................35 BMXFCC503 ........................................................68
BMWFTB4020 ......................................................38 BMXFCW1001......................................................64
BMWFTB4020H....................................................38 BMXFCW1003......................................................64
BMXDAI0805 ...................................................... 140 BMXFCW301........................................................64
BMXDAI0805H ................................................... 140 BMXFCW303........................................................64
BMXDAI0814 ...................................................... 144 BMXFCW501........................................................64
BMXDAI1602 ...................................................... 114 BMXFCW503........................................................64
BMXDAI1602H ................................................... 114 BMXFTB2000 .......................................................35
BMXDAI1603 ...................................................... 119 BMXFTB2010 .......................................................35
BMXDAI1603H ................................................... 119 BMXFTB4000 .......................................................38
BMXDAI1604 ...................................................... 123 BMXFTB4000H.....................................................38
BMXDAI1604H ................................................... 123 BMXFTW••1 connection cables ..............................43
BMXDAI1614 ...................................................... 127 BMXFTW••5 connection cables ..............................46
BMXDAI16142 .................................................... 127 BMXFTW1001 ......................................................42
BMXDAI1614H ................................................... 127 BMXFTW301 ........................................................42
BMXDAI1615 ...................................................... 134 BMXFTW305 ........................................................45
BMXDAI1615H ................................................... 134 BMXFTW501 ........................................................42
BMXDAO1605 .................................................... 207 BMXFTW505 ........................................................45
BMXDAO1605H.................................................. 207
BMXDAO1615 .................................................... 211
BMXDAO1615H.................................................. 211 C
BMXDDI1602........................................................86 certifications..........................................................31
BMXDDI1602H .....................................................86 channel data structure for all modules
BMXDDI1603........................................................91 T_DIS_IN_GEN ............................................... 291
BMXDDI1603H .....................................................91 T_DIS_IN_STD.........................................292–293
BMXDDI1604T......................................................96 T_DIS_OUT_GEN ........................................... 295
BMXDDI3202K ................................................... 148 T_DIS_OUT_STD .....................................296–297
BMXDDI3202KH ................................................. 148 T_GEN_MOD .................................................. 299

322 35012474.20
 Discrete Input/Output Modules

connection bases ................................................ 238 topological/state RAM addressing of X80 discrete

connection cables ........................................... 64, 68 modules............................................................ 316
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16 ......................................... 302
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_16_OUT_16........................... 302
D T_U_DIS_STD_IN_32 ......................................... 302
T_U_DIS_STD_IN_64 ......................................... 302
debugging .......................................................... 307 T_U_DIS_STD_IN_8 ........................................... 302
diagnostics ..................................................312–313 T_U_DIS_STD_IN_8_OUT_8 .............................. 302
discrete module 20–pin terminal block ....................16 T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_16 ..................................... 302
discrete module 40–pin connection.........................18 T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_32 ..................................... 302
discrete module 40–pin terminal block ....................17 T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_64 ..................................... 302
T_U_DIS_STD_OUT_8 ....................................... 302
F
fallback mode...................................................... 286 W
FCN connector wiring precautions .................................................60
installing...................................................... 64, 68
FCN type connector
installing............................................................56
forcing ................................................................ 309

I
input parameters ................................................. 282

M
MOD_FLT........................................................... 306

O
output parameters ............................................... 283
output reset......................................................... 286

P
parameter settings............................................... 288

R
reactivation of outputs.......................................... 310
relays ..........................................................270, 274
RESET ............................................................... 310

S
SET.................................................................... 310
simulator............................................................. 277
standards .............................................................31
state RAM/topological addressing of X80 discrete
modules............................................................ 316

T
task parameter .................................................... 285
T_DIS_IN_GEN .................................................. 291
T_DIS_IN_STD ............................................292–293
T_DIS_OUT_GEN............................................... 295
T_DIS_OUT_STD ........................................296–297
TELEFAST 2....................................................... 238
temperature derating .............................................29
terminal blocks
installing...................................................... 32–33
T_GEN_MOD ..................................................... 299

35012474.20 323
Schneider Electric
35 rue Joseph Monier
92500 Rueil Malmaison
France
+ 33 (0) 1 41 29 70 00
www.se.com

As standards, specifications, and design change from time to time,

please ask for confirmation of the information given in this publication.

© 2023 Schneider Electric. All rights reserved.

35012474.20